WO2021238383A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents
Communication method and apparatus Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2021238383A1 WO2021238383A1 PCT/CN2021/083650 CN2021083650W WO2021238383A1 WO 2021238383 A1 WO2021238383 A1 WO 2021238383A1 CN 2021083650 W CN2021083650 W CN 2021083650W WO 2021238383 A1 WO2021238383 A1 WO 2021238383A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- network element
- target
- upf network
- tunnel information
- user plane
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
- H04W36/0005—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
- H04W36/0011—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off for data sessions of end-to-end connection
- H04W36/0033—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off for data sessions of end-to-end connection with transfer of context information
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
- H04W36/0005—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
- H04W36/0055—Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link
- H04W36/0058—Transmission of hand-off measurement information, e.g. measurement reports
Definitions
- This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a communication method and device.
- the functions of the access network are divided into two units: a centralized unit (CU) and a distributed unit (DU).
- CU centralized unit
- DU distributed unit
- the function of the CU is further divided into a control plane entity (CU-CP, central unit-control plane) and a user plane entity (CU-UP, central unit-user plane).
- CU-CP control plane entity
- CU-UP user plane entity
- the entire access network may include one CU-CP and multiple CU-UPs.
- the CU is usually deployed in the same physical computer room as the sinking user plane function (UPF) network element.
- the UPF network element and the CU-UP will be combined as one network element in the end, that is, the CU-UP and the sinking UPF network element will be combined and recorded as the CU-UPF network element.
- the CU-UPF network The element is uniformly scheduled and managed by the session management function (SMF) network element. In this joint architecture, when the access network device connected to the terminal device is switched, it will cause the F1 user plane interface to be rebuilt.
- SMF session management function
- the F1 user plane interface needs to be regenerated, the user plane context of the F1 interface needs to be regenerated, and F1
- the generation process of the user plane context of the interface requires the participation of the core network element, which causes the signaling process to be too long and cannot meet the delay requirements of terminal handover.
- the present application provides a communication method and device to improve the problem of large service delay and large signaling overhead caused by F1 user plane interface reconstruction.
- the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method.
- the applicable scenario of the method is that the terminal device switches from the source DU of the RAN to the target DU of the RAN within the service range of the CU of the same RAN.
- the network architecture to which the method is applicable The CU and DU of the middle RAN are separated, and the UPF network element and CU-UP are combined as one network element.
- the method can be executed by the CU-CP or the internal chip of the CU-CP.
- the method includes: the CU-CP receives control port information from the core network element, and the control port indicated by the control port information corresponds to the PDU session, and is The control port of the CU-UPF network element.
- the CU-CP When the terminal device switches from the source DU of the radio access network device to the target DU of the radio access network device, the CU-CP obtains the downlink tunnel information of the target DU used to establish the first F1 user plane connection from the target DU, The CU-CP sends downlink tunnel information to the CU-UPF network element through the control port indicated by the control port information, so that the CU-UPF network element establishes the first F1 user according to the downlink tunnel information and the downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element
- the plane connection is to establish a downlink user plane connection between the target DU and the CU-UPF network element.
- the CU-CP when the DU of the RAN accessed by the terminal device is switched, the CU-CP can communicate with the CU-UPF network element based on the control port obtained in advance from the core network element, and the CU-UPF network element can be based on The control port obtains the downlink tunnel information of the target DU from the CU-UP, so as to complete the update of the user plane context between the target DU accessed by the terminal device and the CU-UPF network element after the terminal device is switched, so as to avoid the execution of the target DU and CU-
- the reconstruction of the F1 user plane interface between UPF network elements can reduce the handover delay and improve the problems of large service delay and high signaling overhead caused by the reconstruction of the F1 interface.
- the above method may further include: the CU-CP obtains the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element from the CU-UPF network element through the control port, and the CU-CP sends the CU-UPF network element to the target DU According to the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element and the uplink tunnel information of the target DU, the target DU establishes an uplink user plane connection between the target DU and the CU-UPF network element, so that the target DU can pass the uplink The user plane connection receives the uplink data from the terminal equipment.
- the above method may further include: the CU-CP also sends verification information to the CU-UPF network element through the control port, and the CU-UPF network element determines whether the CU-CP has obtained uplink tunnel information according to the verification information.
- the CU-UPF network element determines that the CU-CP has the authority to obtain the uplink tunnel information, it sends the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element to the CU-UPF network element, otherwise, it does not send it.
- the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method.
- the applicable scenario of the method is that the terminal device switches from the source DU of the RAN to the target DU of the RAN within the range of the CU service of the same RAN.
- the network architecture to which the method is applicable The CU and DU of the middle RAN are separated, and the UPF network element and CU-UP are combined as one network element.
- the method can be executed by the CU-UPF network element or the internal chip of the CU-UPF network element.
- the method includes: when the terminal device switches from the source DU of the wireless access network device to the target DU of the wireless access network device, the CU -The UPF network element receives the second message from the CU-CP of the wireless access network device through the control port.
- the control port indicated by the control port information corresponds to the PDU session and is the control port of the CU-UPF network element.
- the second message includes the downlink tunnel information of the target DU, so the CU-UPF network element establishes the first F1 user plane connection according to the downlink tunnel information and the downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element.
- the CU-UPF network element receives the request message from the CU-CP through the control port, because the request message is used to request the second F1 user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the source DU
- the uplink tunnel information the CU-UPF network element sends the uplink tunnel information to the CU-CP through the control port, and the uplink tunnel information is used for the uplink user plane connection between the target DU and the CU-UPF network element Established so that the target DU can receive the uplink data from the terminal device through the uplink user plane connection.
- the CU-UPF network element receives the verification information from the CU-CP through the control port, and the CU-UPF network element determines whether the CU-CP has the authority to obtain the uplink tunnel information according to the verification information.
- the UPF network element determines that the CU-CP has the authority to obtain the upstream tunnel information, it sends the upstream tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element to the CU-UPF network element, otherwise, it does not send it.
- the CU-UPF network element sends the downlink tunnel information of the target DU, and the uplink tunnel information and downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element to the core network element, so that the core network element can be timely Update context information.
- the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method.
- the applicable scenario of the method is that the terminal device switches from the source DU of the RAN to the target DU of the RAN within the range of the CU service of the same RAN.
- the network architecture to which the method is applicable The CU and DU of the middle RAN are separated, and the UPF network element and CU-UP are combined as one network element.
- the method may be executed by the target DU network element or the internal chip of the target DU.
- the method includes: the target DU of the radio access network device receives the first information from the core network element through the CU-CP of the radio access network device, When the terminal device switches from the source DU of the radio access network device to the target DU, the target DU sends a user plane data packet carrying the downlink tunnel information of the target DU to the CU-UPF network element according to the first information.
- the tunnel information is used to establish a downlink user plane connection between the target DU and the CU-UPF network element.
- the CU-CP when the DU of the RAN accessed by the terminal device is switched, the CU-CP can authorize the user plane data packet of the target DU that the terminal device needs to switch to have the authority to send control plane data, so that it can use
- the user plane data packet sends the downlink tunnel information to the CU-UPF network element to complete the update of the user plane context between the target DU and the CU-UPF network element accessed after the terminal device is switched, so as to avoid the execution of the target DU and CU-
- the reconstruction of the F1 user plane context between UPF network elements can reduce the handover delay and improve the problems of large service delay and high signaling overhead caused by the reconstruction of the F1 interface.
- the foregoing method may further include: the target DU obtains the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element from the CU-UPF network element through the CU-CP, and the target DU obtains the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element according to the CU-UPF network element.
- the target DU obtains the uplink tunnel information of the target DU from the CU-UPF network element through the CU-CP
- the target DU obtains the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element according to the CU-UPF network element.
- the above method may further include: the target DU may also send verification information to the CU-UPF network element through a user plane data packet, and the CU-UPF network element determines whether the target DU has obtained the uplink tunnel according to the verification information Information authority.
- the CU-UPF network element determines that the target DU has the authority to obtain the upstream tunnel information, it sends the upstream tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element to the target DU; otherwise, it does not send it.
- the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method.
- the applicable scenario of the method is that the terminal device switches from the source DU of the RAN to the target DU of the RAN within the service range of the CU of the same RAN.
- the network architecture to which the method is applicable The CU and DU of the middle RAN are separated, and the UPF network element and CU-UP are combined as one network element.
- the method can be executed by the CU-UPF network element or the internal chip of the CU-UPF network element.
- the method includes: when the terminal device switches from the source DU of the wireless access network device to the target DU, the CU-UPF network element Receive the user plane data packet from the target DU.
- the CU-UPF network element establishes the first F1 according to the downlink tunnel information and the downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element User plane connection, that is, establishing the first F1 user plane connection as a downlink user plane connection between the target DU and the CU-UPF network element.
- the CU-CP when the DU of the RAN accessed by the terminal device is switched, the CU-CP can authorize the user plane data packet of the target DU that the terminal device needs to switch to have the authority to send control plane data, so that it can use
- the user plane data packet sends the downlink tunnel information to the CU-UPF network element to complete the update of the user plane context between the target DU and the CU-UPF network element accessed after the terminal device is switched, so as to avoid the execution of the target DU and CU-
- the reconstruction of the F1 user plane context between UPF network elements can reduce the handover delay and improve the problems of large service delay and high signaling overhead caused by the reconstruction of the F1 interface.
- the above method further includes: the CU-UPF network element also sends uplink tunnel information to the target DU through the CU-CP, and the target DU according to the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element and the uplink tunnel of the target DU Information, establish an uplink user plane connection between the target DU and the CU-UPF network element, so that the target DU can receive uplink data from the terminal device through the uplink user plane connection.
- the above method may further include: the target DU may also send verification information to the CU-UPF network element through a user plane data packet, and the CU-UPF network element determines whether the target DU has obtained the uplink tunnel according to the verification information Information authority.
- the CU-UPF network element determines that the target DU has the authority to obtain the upstream tunnel information, it sends the upstream tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element to the target DU; otherwise, it does not send it.
- the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method.
- the applicable scenario of the method is that the terminal device switches from the source DU of the source RAN to the target DU of the target RAN within the scope of different RAN services.
- the network architecture to which the method is applicable The CU and DU of the middle RAN are separated, and the UPF network element and CU-UP are combined as one network element.
- the method can be executed by the target CU-CP or the internal chip of the target CU-CP.
- the method includes: the target control plane entity CU-CP of the target radio access network device receives through the source CU-CP of the source radio access network device
- the control port information from the core network element, the control port indicated by the control port information corresponds to the protocol data unit PDU session, and is the control port of the CU-UPF network element, when the terminal device accesses the source DU of the network device from the source wireless
- the target CU-CP obtains from the target DU the downlink tunnel information of the target DU used to establish the first F1 user plane connection; where the first F1 user plane connection is the target DU and Downlink user plane connection between CU-UPF network elements; the target CU-CP sends downlink tunnel information to the CU-UPF network element through the control port, so that the CU-UPF network element can establish the first F1 user plane connection.
- the terminal device switches from the source DU of the source RAN to the target DU of the target RAN within the range of different RAN services.
- the target CU-CP of the target RAN may be based on the control port and the control port obtained from the core network element in advance.
- the CU-UPF network element can obtain the downlink tunnel information of the target DU from the target CU-UP based on the control port, so as to complete the connection between the target DU connected to the CU-UPF network element after the terminal device is switched
- the establishment of the downlink user plane connection can avoid the implementation of the F1 user plane interface reconstruction between the target DU and the CU-UPF network element, thereby reducing the handover delay and improving the service delay and signaling caused by the F1 interface reconstruction The problem of high overhead.
- the above method may further include: the target CU-CP of the target RAN obtains the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element from the CU-UPF network element through the control port, and the target CU-CP sends the information to the target DU.
- the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element, the target DU establishes the uplink user plane connection between the target DU and the CU-UPF network element according to the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element and the uplink tunnel information of the target DU, so as to facilitate
- the target DU receives the uplink data from the terminal device through the uplink user plane connection.
- the above method may further include: the target CU-CP also sends verification information to the CU-UPF network element through the control port, and the CU-UPF network element determines whether the target CU-CP has acquired the uplink according to the verification information.
- Tunnel information authority When the CU-UPF network element determines that the target CU-CP has the authority to obtain uplink tunnel information, it sends the CU-UPF network element's upstream tunnel information to the CU-UPF network element to the target CU-CP, otherwise , It will not be sent.
- the target CU-CP updates the context information of the terminal device
- the target CU-CP sends the updated context information of the terminal device to the core network element
- the context information of the terminal device includes the terminal device The information of the target radio access network device of the service, so that the core network element can update the context information of the terminal device in time.
- the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method.
- the applicable scenario of the method is that the terminal device switches from the source DU of the source RAN to the target DU of the target RAN within the scope of different RAN services.
- the network architecture to which the method is applicable The CU and DU of the middle RAN are separated, and the UPF network element and CU-UP are combined as one network element.
- the method can be executed by the CU-UPF network element or the internal chip of the CU-UPF network element.
- the method includes: when the terminal device switches from the source DU of the source wireless access network device to the target DU of the target access network device,
- the CU-UPF network element receives the second message from the target CU-CP of the target radio access network device through the control port; wherein the second message includes the downlink tunnel information of the target DU, and the control port is the core network element.
- the first F1 user plane connection is to establish a downlink user plane connection between the target DU and the CU-UPF network element.
- the terminal device switches from the source DU of the source RAN to the target DU of the target RAN within the range of different RAN services.
- the target CU-CP of the target RAN may be based on the control port and the control port obtained from the core network element in advance.
- the CU-UPF network element can obtain the downlink tunnel information of the target DU from the target CU-UP based on the control port, so as to complete the connection between the target DU connected to the CU-UPF network element after the terminal device is switched
- the establishment of the downlink user plane connection can avoid the implementation of the F1 user plane interface reconstruction between the target DU and the CU-UPF network element, thereby reducing the handover delay and improving the service delay and signaling caused by the F1 interface reconstruction The problem of high overhead.
- the above method may further include: the CU-UPF network element further receives a request message from the CU-CP through the control port, the request message is used to request uplink tunnel information, and the uplink tunnel information is the CU-UPF network element The uplink tunnel information of the second F1 user plane connection with the source DU; the CU-UPF network element sends the uplink tunnel information to the target CU-CP through the control port, and the uplink tunnel information is used between the target DU and the CU-UPF network element The establishment of an uplink user plane connection between the two; so that the target DU can receive uplink data from the terminal device through the uplink user plane connection.
- the above method may further include: the target CU-CP also sends verification information to the CU-UPF network element through the control port, and the CU-UPF network element determines whether the target CU-CP has acquired the uplink according to the verification information.
- Tunnel information authority When the CU-UPF network element determines that the target CU-CP has the authority to obtain uplink tunnel information, it sends the CU-UPF network element's upstream tunnel information to the CU-UPF network element to the target CU-CP, otherwise , It will not be sent.
- the target CU-CP updates the context information of the terminal device
- the target CU-CP sends the updated context information of the terminal device to the core network element
- the context information of the terminal device includes the terminal device The information of the target radio access network device of the service, so that the core network element can update the context information of the terminal device in time.
- the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method.
- the applicable scenario of the method is that the terminal device switches from the source DU of the source RAN to the target DU of the target RAN within the range of different RAN services.
- the network architecture to which the method is applicable The CU and DU of the middle RAN are separated, and the UPF network element and CU-UP are combined as one network element.
- the method can be executed by the target DU network element or the internal chip of the target DU.
- the method includes: the target DU of the target radio access network device obtains data from the source radio access network device through the target CU-CP of the target radio access network device.
- the source CU-CP receives the first information; when the terminal device switches from the source DU of the source wireless access network device to the connected target DU, the target DU sends the downlink tunnel carrying the target DU to the CU-UPF network element according to the first information
- the user plane data packet of the information, and the downlink tunnel information is used to establish a downlink user plane connection between the target DU and the CU-UPF network element.
- the target CU-CP when the DU of the RAN accessed by the terminal device is switched, can authorize the user plane data packet of the target DU that the terminal device needs to switch to have the authority to send control plane data, so that Use user plane data packets to send downlink tunnel information to the CU-UPF network element, thereby completing the update of the user plane context between the target DU and CU-UPF network element accessed after the terminal device is switched, so as to avoid executing the target DU and CU -
- the F1 user plane context reconstruction between UPF network elements can reduce the handover delay and improve the problem of large service delay and high signaling overhead caused by F1 interface reconstruction.
- the target DU obtains uplink tunnel information from the source CU-CP through the target CU-CP, where the uplink tunnel information is the uplink of the second F1 user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the source DU Tunnel information; the target DU establishes an uplink user plane connection between the target DU and the CU-UPF network element according to the uplink tunnel information and the uplink tunnel information of the target DU; so that the target DU receives from the terminal device through the uplink user plane connection Upstream data.
- the above method may further include: the target DU may also send verification information to the CU-UPF network element through a user plane data packet, and the CU-UPF network element determines whether the target DU has obtained the uplink tunnel according to the verification information Information authority.
- the CU-UPF network element determines that the target DU has the authority to obtain the upstream tunnel information, it sends the upstream tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element to the target DU; otherwise, it does not send it.
- the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method.
- the applicable scenario of the method is that the terminal device switches from the source DU of the source RAN to the target DU of the target RAN within the range of different RAN services.
- the network architecture to which the method is applicable The CU and DU of the middle RAN are separated, and the UPF network element and CU-UP are combined as one network element.
- the method can be executed by the CU-UPF network element or the internal chip of the CU-UPF network element.
- the method includes: when the terminal device switches from the source DU of the source wireless access network device to the target DU of the target wireless access network device
- the CU-UPF network element receives the user plane data packet of the target DU from the target radio access network device.
- the user plane data packet carries the downlink tunnel information of the target DU.
- the CU-UPF network element is connected to the target radio access network device.
- the user plane entity CU-UP corresponding to the centralized unit CU and the user plane function UPF network element are composed; the CU-UPF network element establishes the first F1 user plane connection according to the downlink tunnel information and the downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element, that is, the establishment Downlink user plane connection between the target DU and the CU-UPF network element.
- the target CU-CP when the DU of the RAN accessed by the terminal device is switched, can authorize the user plane data packet of the target DU that the terminal device needs to switch to have the authority to send control plane data, so that Use user plane data packets to send downlink tunnel information to the CU-UPF network element, thereby completing the update of the user plane context between the target DU and CU-UPF network element accessed after the terminal device is switched, so as to avoid executing the target DU and CU -
- the F1 user plane context reconstruction between UPF network elements can reduce the handover delay and improve the problem of large service delay and high signaling overhead caused by F1 interface reconstruction.
- the CU-UPF network element sends uplink tunnel information to the target DU through the target CU-CP; wherein, the uplink tunnel information is the second F1 user between the CU-UPF network element and the source DU
- the uplink tunnel information of the plane connection where the uplink tunnel information and the downlink tunnel information include at least one of an Internet Protocol IP address and a tunnel endpoint identifier.
- the target DU establishes an uplink user plane connection between the target DU and the CU-UPF network element according to the uplink tunnel information and the uplink tunnel information of the target DU; so that the target DU receives uplink data from the terminal device through the uplink user plane connection .
- the above method may further include: the target DU may also send verification information to the CU-UPF network element through a user plane data packet, and the CU-UPF network element determines whether the target DU has obtained the uplink tunnel according to the verification information Information authority.
- the CU-UPF network element determines that the target DU has the authority to obtain the upstream tunnel information, it sends the upstream tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element to the target DU; otherwise, it does not send it.
- this application provides a communication device.
- the communication device may be a CU-CP or a chip set inside the CU-CP.
- the communication device is capable of realizing the functions performed by the CU-CP or a chip set inside the CU-CP.
- the communication device includes modules or units or means corresponding to the steps involved in the first and fifth aspects. (means), the function or unit or means can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
- the communication device includes a processing unit and a communication unit.
- the communication unit can be used to send and receive signals to achieve communication between the communication device and other devices.
- the communication unit is used to receive Relay the first message of the UE; the processing unit may be used to perform some internal operations of the communication device.
- the functions performed by the processing unit and the communication unit may correspond to the steps involved in the CU-CP in the above aspects.
- the communication device includes a processor, and may also include a transceiver.
- the transceiver is used to send and receive signals, and the processor executes program instructions to complete any possible design or implementation of the above aspects.
- the communication device may further include one or more memories, and the memories are used for coupling with the processor.
- the one or more memories may be integrated with the processor, or may be provided separately from the processor, which is not limited in this application.
- the memory can store the necessary computer programs or instructions to realize the functions involved in the above-mentioned various aspects.
- the processor can execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the communication device realizes any of the possible designs or implementations related to the CU-CP in the above aspects. method.
- the communication device includes a processor and a memory, and the memory can store necessary computer programs or instructions for realizing the functions involved in the first aspect.
- the processor can execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the communication device realizes any of the possible designs or implementations related to the CU-CP in the above aspects. method.
- the communication device includes at least one processor and an interface circuit, where at least one processor is used to communicate with other devices through the interface circuit and execute any possible design or implementation of the above aspects The method implemented by the CU-CP in.
- this application provides a communication device.
- the communication device may be a CU-UPF network element or a chip set inside the CU-UPF network element.
- the communication device is capable of implementing the functions performed by the CU-UPF network element or a chip set inside the CU-UPF network element.
- the communication device includes performing the second aspect, the fourth aspect, or the sixth aspect, and the The eight aspects relate to modules or units or means corresponding to the steps, and the functions or units or means can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
- the communication device includes a processing unit and a communication unit.
- the communication unit can be used to send and receive signals to achieve communication between the communication device and other devices.
- the communication unit is used to receive Relay the first message of the UE; the processing unit may be used to perform some internal operations of the communication device.
- the functions performed by the processing unit and the communication unit may correspond to the steps involved in the CU-UPF network elements in the above aspects.
- the communication device includes a processor, and may also include a transceiver.
- the transceiver is used to send and receive signals, and the processor executes program instructions to complete any possible design or implementation of the above aspects.
- the communication device may further include one or more memories, and the memories are used for coupling with the processor.
- the one or more memories may be integrated with the processor, or may be provided separately from the processor, which is not limited in this application.
- the memory can store the necessary computer programs or instructions to realize the functions involved in the above-mentioned various aspects.
- the processor can execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the communication device realizes any possible design or implementation manner involved in the CU-UPF network element in the above aspects In the method.
- the communication device includes a processor and a memory, and the memory can store necessary computer programs or instructions for realizing the functions involved in the first aspect.
- the processor can execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the communication device realizes any possible design or implementation manner involved in the CU-UPF network element in the above aspects In the method.
- the communication device includes at least one processor and an interface circuit, where at least one processor is used to communicate with other devices through the interface circuit and execute any possible design or implementation of the above aspects The method executed by the CU-UPF network element.
- the present application provides a communication device.
- the communication device may be a target DU or a chip set inside the target DU.
- the communication device is capable of realizing the functions performed by the target DU or a chip set inside the target DU.
- the communication device includes modules or units corresponding to the steps involved in the third aspect, the seventh aspect, or the sixth aspect.
- the function or unit or means can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
- the communication device includes a processing unit and a communication unit.
- the communication unit can be used to send and receive signals to achieve communication between the communication device and other devices.
- the communication unit is used to receive Relay the first message of the UE; the processing unit may be used to perform some internal operations of the communication device.
- the functions performed by the processing unit and the communication unit may correspond to the steps involved in the target DU in each aspect described above.
- the communication device includes a processor, and may also include a transceiver.
- the transceiver is used to send and receive signals, and the processor executes program instructions to complete any possible design or implementation of the above aspects.
- the communication device may further include one or more memories, and the memories are used for coupling with the processor.
- the one or more memories may be integrated with the processor, or may be provided separately from the processor, which is not limited in this application.
- the memory can store the necessary computer programs or instructions to realize the functions involved in the above-mentioned various aspects.
- the processor can execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the communication device realizes the method in any possible design or implementation manner involved in the above-mentioned various aspects of the target DU. .
- the communication device includes a processor and a memory, and the memory can store necessary computer programs or instructions for realizing the functions involved in the first aspect.
- the processor can execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the communication device realizes the method in any possible design or implementation manner involved in the above-mentioned various aspects of the target DU. .
- the communication device includes at least one processor and an interface circuit, where at least one processor is used to communicate with other devices through the interface circuit and execute any possible design or implementation of the above aspects In the method executed by the target DU.
- this application provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores computer-readable instructions.
- the computer reads and executes the computer-readable instructions, the computer can execute the above-mentioned aspects. Any possible design method.
- this application provides a computer program product, which when a computer reads and executes the computer program product, causes the computer to execute any of the possible design methods in the above-mentioned various aspects.
- an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, which includes CU-CP and CU-UPF network elements, wherein:
- the CU-CP can be used to implement the first aspect or any one of the methods in the first aspect.
- the CU-UPF network element may be used to execute any one of the above-mentioned second aspect or the second aspect.
- an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system.
- the communication system includes a target DU and a CU-UPF network element, where:
- the target DU can be used to perform the third aspect or any one of the methods in the third aspect.
- the CU-UPF network element may be used to execute any one of the foregoing fourth aspect or the fourth aspect.
- an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, which includes target CU-CP and CU-UPF network elements of a target radio access network device, wherein:
- the target CU-CP of the target radio access network device may be used to execute any one of the above-mentioned fifth aspect or the fifth aspect.
- the CU-UPF network element may be used to execute any one of the above-mentioned sixth aspect or the sixth aspect.
- an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system.
- the communication system includes a target DU and a CU-UPF network element of a target radio access network device, wherein:
- the target DU of the target radio access network device may be used to execute any one of the above-mentioned seventh aspect or the seventh aspect.
- the CU-UPF network element may be used to execute any one of the eighth aspect or the eighth aspect described above.
- the present application provides a chip that includes a processor, and the processor is coupled to a memory, and is configured to read and execute a software program stored in the memory to implement any of the above aspects.
- a possible design approach
- FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the application.
- FIGS. 2A to 2C are schematic diagrams of the separated architecture of radio access network devices provided by embodiments of this application.
- Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of a RAN handover procedure of a terminal device in the prior art
- FIG. 4A is a schematic diagram of a communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
- 4B to 4C are schematic diagrams of user plane protocols and control plane protocols applicable to embodiments of the present application.
- 5A and 5B are schematic diagrams of handover scenarios applicable to embodiments of the present application.
- FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of the first communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
- FIGS. 7A and 7B are schematic diagrams of a communication method in a handover scenario provided by an embodiment of this application.
- FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a second communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
- 9A and 9B are schematic diagrams of a communication method in a handover scenario provided by an embodiment of the application.
- FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a second communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
- FIGS. 11A and 11B are schematic diagrams of a communication method in a handover scenario provided by an embodiment of this application.
- FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a third communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
- FIGS. 13A and 13B are schematic diagrams of a communication method in a handover scenario provided by an embodiment of this application;
- FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
- 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
- FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
- Fig. 1 exemplarily shows a network architecture diagram of a 5G communication system. in:
- Terminal devices may include handheld devices with wireless communication functions, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, computing devices, or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, as well as various forms of user equipment (UE), and mobile stations (mobile stations). station, MS), terminal equipment (terminal equipment), etc.
- UE user equipment
- MS mobile stations
- terminal equipment terminal equipment
- Radio access network, (R)AN) equipment can be used to implement functions such as wireless physical layer functions, wireless resource management, wireless access control, and mobility management.
- RAN equipment may include base stations, such as access point (AP) in 5G system, next generation Node B (gNB), next generation evolved Node B (ng-eNB, gNB), transceiver Point (transmission receive point, TRP), transmission point (transmission point, TP), or some other access node, etc.
- AP access point
- gNB next generation Node B
- ng-eNB next generation evolved Node B
- gNB next generation evolved Node B
- TRP transmission receive point
- TP transmission point
- R transmission point
- the user plane function (UPF) network element as a user plane function network element, can be connected to external data networks.
- the main functions include: data packet routing and transmission, packet inspection, service usage reporting, QoS processing, legal monitoring, User plane related functions such as upstream packet inspection and downstream data packet storage.
- AMF network element its main functions include: connection management, mobility management, registration management, access authentication and authorization, reachability management, security context management and other access and mobility-related functions.
- SMF network element its main functions include: session management (such as session establishment, modification and release, including tunnel maintenance between UPF and RAN), UPF selection and control, service and session continuity (service and session continuity, SSC) Session-related functions such as mode selection and roaming.
- session management such as session establishment, modification and release, including tunnel maintenance between UPF and RAN
- UPF selection and control including tunnel maintenance between UPF and RAN
- service and session continuity service and session continuity, SSC
- Session-related functions such as mode selection and roaming.
- the main functions of the PCF network element include: unified policy formulation, policy control provision and acquisition of policy-related contract information and other policy-related functions.
- the application function (AF) network element can be either a third-party application control platform or a device deployed by an operator. Its main functions include providing application-related information and providing services for multiple application servers.
- DN data network
- CU/DU separation is an important feature in 5G.
- the base station can be flexibly Adjusting the network layout has good benefits for load balancing and maximum utilization of resources.
- this architecture there is better support for solving tidal effects, deploying dual connectivity, edge computing, business offloading, and intelligent operation and maintenance.
- the radio access network equipment can be divided into a CU and at least one DU.
- the CU may be used to manage or control at least one DU, and it may also be referred to as the CU being connected to at least one DU.
- This structure can disassemble the protocol layer of the wireless access network equipment in the communication system, where part of the protocol layer is placed under the centralized control of the CU, and the remaining part or all of the protocol layer functions are distributed in the DU, and the CU is centrally controlled by the DU.
- the protocol layer of gNB includes the radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) layer, the service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) layer, and the packet data aggregation protocol (packet data).
- RRC radio resource control
- SDAP service data adaptation protocol
- packet data packet data aggregation protocol
- the convergence protocol (PDCP) layer the radio link control (RLC) layer, the media access control (MAC) layer, and the physical layer.
- the CU can be used to implement the functions of the RRC layer, the SDAP layer, and the PDCP layer
- the DU can be used to implement the functions of the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer.
- the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the protocol stack included in the CU and DU.
- the centralized processing node can be further divided into the control plane entity (CU-control plane, CU-CP) of the centralized processing node and the user plane entity (CU-user plane, CU-UP) of the centralized processing node. ).
- CU-CP can be used for control plane management
- CU-UP can be used for user plane data transmission.
- the interface between CU-CP and CU-UP can be an E1 interface.
- the interface between CU-CP and DU can be F1-C, which is used for the transmission of control plane signaling.
- the interface between CU-UP and DU can be F1-U, which is used for user plane data transmission.
- CU-UP and CU-UP can be connected through the Xn-U port for user plane data transmission.
- gNB under the CU/DU separation architecture, gNB is disassembled into gNB-CU-CP, gNB-CU-UP, and gNB-DU.
- the interface between gNB-CU-CP and gNB-DU can be F1-C, and the interface between gNB-CU-UP and gNB-DU can be F1-U.
- gNB-CU-CP of gNB controls gNB-CU-UP through E1 interface
- SMF network element controls UPF network element through N4 interface.
- the UPF network element and CU-UP are deployed independently, and the RAN handover process of the terminal equipment is shown in Figure 3.
- gNB is taken as an example.
- the schematic diagram of the process of UE handover from the source gNB-DU to the target gNB-DU is shown.
- the interaction process between each network element or device includes:
- Step 301 The UE sends a measurement report to the source gNB-DU of the gNB.
- Step 302 The source gNB-DU forwards the measurement report to the gNB-CU-CP through an RRC message.
- the source gNB-DU forwards the measurement report to the gNB-CU-CP through an uplink RRC transmission message (UL RRC MESSAGE TRANSFER).
- UL RRC MESSAGE TRANSFER UL RRC MESSAGE TRANSFER
- Step 303 According to the received measurement report, the gNB-CU-CP determines that the UE needs to switch from the source gNB-DU to the gNB target gNB-DU, and sends a UE context establishment request to the gNB-CU-UP, and the UE context establishment The request is used to request the uplink tunnel information of the gNB-CU-UP in the user plane context of the F1-U interface between the gNB-CU-UP and the source gNB-DU.
- Step 304 The gNB-CU-UP sends a UE context establishment response to gNB-CU-CP.
- the UE context establishment response includes gNB- in the user plane context of the F1-U interface between the gNB-CU-UP and the source gNB-DU. Upstream tunnel information of CU-UP.
- Step 305 When the gNB-CU-CP determines that the UE needs to switch from the source gNB-DU to the target gNB-DU of the gNB, the gNB-CU-CP sends a UE context establishment request to the target gNB-DU, and the UE context establishment request includes the gNB -CU-UP uplink tunnel information, and the UE context establishment request is used to request the F1-U downlink tunnel port information of the target gNB-DU.
- Step 306 The target gNB-DU sends a UE context establishment response to the gNB-CU-CP.
- the UE context establishment response includes the F1-U downlink tunnel port information of the target gNB-DU.
- Step 307 the gNB-CU-CP sends a UE context modification request to the source gNB-DU, where the UE context modification request includes an RRC reconfiguration (RRC Reconfiguration) message, and the RRC reconfiguration message is used to instruct the UE to end the connection with the source gNB-DU.
- DU connection establish a connection with the target gNB-DU through a random access procedure.
- Step 308 The source gNB-DU forwards the RRC Reconfiguration (RRC Reconfiguration) message to the UE.
- Step 309 The source gNB-DU sends a downlink data delivery status (downlink data delivery status) to the gNB-CU-CP.
- the downlink data delivery status is used to instruct the gNB-CU-CP to stop sending downlink data to the UE.
- Step 310 The source gNB-DU sends a UE context modification response to the gNB-CU-CP.
- the UE context modification response includes that the source gNB-DU disconnects from the UE.
- Step 311 gNB-CU-CP sends a F1 interface user plane context modification request to gNB-CU-UP.
- the modification request includes F1-U downlink tunnel port information of the target gNB-DU, which is used to request the establishment of gNB-CU-UP and
- the F1 interface between the target gNB-DU side is a downlink user plane connection.
- Step 312 the gNB-CU-UP modifies and updates the F1 interface user plane context based on the F1-U downlink tunnel port information of the target gNB-DU and the F1-U downlink tunnel port information of the gNB-CU-UP, and establishes the F1 interface Downlink user plane connection, and send F1 interface user plane context modification response to gNB-CU-CP.
- Step 313 The UE disconnects from the source gNB-DU, and establishes a connection with the target gNB-DU through a random access process.
- Step 314 The target gNB-DU sends a downlink data transmission status message to the gNB-CU-CP, where the message is used to instruct the gNB-CU-CP to send downlink data to the target gNB-DU.
- Step 315 The UE switches to the target gNB-DU, and sends the RRC reconfiguration complete message to the target gNB-DU.
- Step 316 The target gNB-DU forwards the RRC reconfiguration complete message to the gNB-CU-CP.
- Step 317 The gNB-CU-CP instructs the source gNB-DU to delete the relevant UE context and release the relevant resources occupied by the context.
- Step 318 The source gNB-DU sends a UE context release complete message to the gNB-CU-CP.
- Step 319 The gNB-CU-CP sends a request to the gNB-CU-UP to release the F1-U interface user plane context between the gNB-CU-UP and the source gNB-DU.
- Step 320 The gNB-CU-UP releases the F1-U interface user plane context between the gNB-CU-UP and the source gNB-DU, and sends a release complete message to the gNB-CU-CP.
- the CU is usually deployed in the same physical computer room as the sinking user plane function (UPF) network element.
- the UPF network element and the CU-UP will be combined as one network element in the end, that is, the CU-UP and the sinking UPF network element will be combined and recorded as the CU-UPF network element.
- the CU-UPF network The element is uniformly scheduled and managed by the session management function (SMF) network element. During the transmission of the PDU session, the CU-UP can directly communicate with the UPF network element that is set together with it.
- SMF session management function
- FIG. 4A exemplarily shows a network architecture diagram of a 5G communication system.
- the interface between gNB-CU-CP and gNB-DU can be F1-C
- the interface between gNB-DU and CU-UPF network element can be F1-U
- one of gNB-CU-CP and CU-UPF network element The interface between the two can be an E1 interface
- the SMF network element controls the CU-UPF network element through the N4 interface.
- the F1 interface is an interface between functional entities within a RAN.
- the F1 interface can be a DU in the RAN and the RAN.
- the F1 interface can also be referred to as F1* interface and other names.
- F1 interface it can be collectively referred to as the F1 interface, but the name is not limited.
- the F1 interface involved in the embodiment of the present application supports a user plane protocol and a control plane protocol.
- a control plane protocol Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 4B, a schematic diagram of a protocol stack of a control plane protocol provided in an embodiment of this application.
- the peer-to-peer protocol between the terminal device and the CU-CP of the RAN includes a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) layer and a PDCP layer.
- RRC radio resource control
- the peer-to-peer protocol between the terminal equipment and the DU of the RAN includes the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the PHY layer.
- the DU of the RAN and the CU-CP of the RAN are on the control plane of the F1 interface.
- the equivalent protocols include the F1 application protocol (F1 application protocol, F1AP) layer and the stream control transport protocol (SCTP) Layer and IP layer.
- the control plane protocol layer of the F1 interface further includes one or more of a PDCP layer, an IPsec layer, and a datagram transport layer security (DTLS) layer.
- the IPsec layer, the PDCP layer, or the DTLS layer is located above the IP layer and below the F1AP layer.
- FIG. 4C a schematic diagram of a protocol stack of a user plane protocol provided in an embodiment of this application.
- description is made by taking the link between the terminal device and the CU-CP including the terminal device, the CU_UPF network element, and the CU-CP as an example.
- the equivalent protocol layer between the terminal device and the CU-UP includes the Service Data Application Protocol (SDAP) layer and the Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) layer.
- SDAP Service Data Application Protocol
- PDCP Packet Data Convergence Protocol
- the peer-to-peer protocol between the terminal device and the DU includes a radio link control (radio link control, RLC) layer, a medium access control (medium access control, MAC) layer, and a physical (Physical, PHY) layer.
- RLC radio link control
- MAC medium access control
- PHY Physical
- the peer-to-peer protocol includes the general packet radio service (General Packet Radio Service, GPRS) tunneling protocol user plane (GPRS Tunnelling Protocol User Plane, GTP-U) Layer, user datagram protocol (UDP) layer, and internet protocol (IP) layer.
- GPRS General Packet Radio Service
- GTP-U General Packet Radio Service
- UDP user datagram protocol
- IP internet protocol
- the user plane protocol layer of the F1 interface further includes a PDCP layer and/or an IP security (IP Security, referred to as IPsec) layer.
- IP Security IP Security
- the IPsec layer or the PDCP layer is located above the IP layer and below the GTP-U layer.
- protocol stack architecture shown in FIG. 4B to FIG. 4C in the embodiment of the present application is only an example, and the method provided in the embodiment of the present application does not rely on this example, but makes the implementation of this application possible through this example.
- the method provided by the example is easier to understand.
- the embodiment of the application proposes a communication method and device.
- the control port information is pre-transmitted in the PDU session establishment process through SMF to instruct the gNB-CU-CP to switch between the terminal equipment and the gNB-DU.
- the scenario where the DU of the RAN is switched in the embodiment of the present application is not limited to the scenario where the terminal device switches between the RAN devices, and may also be other scenarios where the radio bearer may switch between the RAN devices.
- the radio bearer Radio Bearer
- the radio bearer may also be switched from the master RAN device to the slave RAN device, or from the slave RAN device. Switch to the main RAN device.
- the source RAN corresponding to the terminal device before handover is also called the first RAN
- the target RAN corresponding to the terminal device after the handover is also called the second RAN
- the source DU corresponding to the terminal device before the handover is also called The first DU
- the corresponding target DU after the terminal device is switched is also called the second DU
- the corresponding source CU-CP before the terminal device is switched is also called the first CU-CP
- the corresponding target CU-CP after the terminal device is switched is again Called the second CU-CP.
- the terminal device switches from the first DU of the RAN to the first DU of the RAN within the scope of the CU service of the same RAN.
- Two DU Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 5A, taking the RAN as a gNB as an example, the UE is connected to the first gNB-DU of the gNB before handover, and the UE is connected to the second gNB-DU of the gNB after the handover.
- the terminal device switches from the DU of the first RAN to the DU of the second RAN within the range of different RAN services. Exemplarily, as shown in FIG.
- the UE taking the RAN as a gNB as an example, the UE is connected to the first gNB-DU of the first gNB before handover, and the UE is connected to the second gNB-DU of the second gNB after the handover.
- Embodiment 1 combined with the description of scenario 1, as shown in FIG. 6, is a schematic flowchart of the first communication method provided in this embodiment of the application. Referring to Figure 6, the method includes the following steps.
- Step 601 The CU-CP of the RAN receives the control port information from the SMF network element.
- control port information may be referred to as a temporary E1 port
- control port indicated by the control port information is the control port of the CU-UPF network element, and is the control port corresponding to the PDU session of the terminal device.
- the control port corresponds to the session one-to-one.
- control port information may be carried in an N2 message, and the SMF network element may send the control port information to the CU-CP of the RAN through the AMF network element.
- Step 602 When the CU-CP of the RAN determines that the terminal device needs to switch from the first DU to the second DU, the CU-CP obtains the downlink tunnel information of the second DU from the second DU.
- the terminal device may send a measurement report to the CU-CP of the RAN through the first DU currently accessed, and the CU-CP of the RAN determines that the terminal device needs to switch to the second DU according to the measurement report from the terminal device.
- the measurement report may include information such as the received signal power of the surrounding RAN DU measured by the UE.
- the first DU is the source DU accessed by the terminal device before the handover
- the second DU is the target DU accessed by the terminal device after the handover.
- the downlink tunnel information of the second DU may include the IP address and the GTP tunnel endpoint identifier (tunnel endpoint identifier). , At least one of TEID).
- the downlink tunnel information of the second DU may include a first IP address
- the first IP address is an IP address used for communication between the second DU and the CU-UPF network element.
- the specific way for the CU-CP to obtain the downlink tunnel information of the second DU from the second DU may be: when the CU-CP determines that the terminal device needs to switch to the second DU, the CU-CP may first The second DU sends a request message, which is used to request the downlink tunnel information of the second DU. After receiving the request message, the second DU sends a response message to the CU-CP, and the response message carries the downlink tunnel information.
- Step 603 During the process of the terminal device switching from the first DU to the second DU, the CU-CP sends the downlink tunnel information to the CU-UPF network element through the control port.
- Step 604 The CU-UPF network element establishes an F1 downlink user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the second DU according to the downlink tunnel information of the second DU and the downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element.
- the F1 downlink user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the second DU is referred to as the first F1 user plane connection.
- the downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element is the downlink tunnel information of the second F1 user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the first DU.
- the downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element may include at least one of an IP address and a GTP tunnel endpoint identifier (tunnel endpoint identifier, TEID).
- the downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element may include a second IP address, and the second IP address is the IP used when the CU-UPF network element communicates with the CU-UPF network element through the first DU address.
- the above method may further include: the CU-CP obtains the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element from the CU-UPF network element through the control port, and the CU-CP sends the CU-UPF network element to the target DU According to the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element and the target DU’s uplink tunnel information, the second DU establishes an uplink user plane connection between the second DU and the CU-UPF network element to facilitate the second DU Receive the uplink data from the terminal device through the uplink user plane connection.
- the above method may further include: the CU-CP also sends verification information to the CU-UPF network element through the control port, and the CU-UPF network element determines whether the CU-CP has obtained uplink tunnel information according to the verification information.
- the CU-UPF network element determines that the CU-CP has the authority to obtain the uplink tunnel information, it sends the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element to the CU-UPF network element, otherwise, it does not send it.
- the verification information in the embodiment of the present application may be a kind of certificate information, and the authority is verified according to the certificate information; it may also be a kind of instruction information indicating related authority.
- the verification information is also used to determine whether the CU-CP has the authority to modify the uplink tunnel information.
- the CU-CP when the DU of the RAN accessed by the terminal device is switched, the CU-CP can communicate with the CU-UPF network element based on the control port obtained in advance from the core network element, and the CU-UPF network element can be based on The control port obtains the downlink tunnel information of the second DU from the CU-UP, so as to complete the update of the user plane context between the second DU accessed after the terminal device is switched and the CU-UPF network element, so that the second DU can be avoided.
- the reconstruction of the F1 user plane interface with the CU-UPF network element can reduce the handover delay and improve the problem of large service delay and high signaling overhead caused by the reconstruction of the F1 interface.
- the embodiment of the present application further takes as an example the UE switching from the first gNB-DU connected to the gNB to the second gNB-DU of the gNB to illustrate the foregoing communication method.
- Step 700 During the establishment of the PDU session, the SMF network element sends the CU-UPF network element side control port information corresponding to the PDU session to the gNB-CU-CP of the gNB through the AMF network element.
- the SMF network element sends the CU-UPF network element side control port information to the gNB-CU-CP when the PDU session is established.
- the gNB-CU-CP can communicate with the control port indicated by the control port information.
- the CU-UPF network element establishes communication, so that the gNB-CU-CP of the gNB can send control plane data to the CU-UPF network element.
- the SMF network element authorizes the gNB-CU-CP to have the authority to modify the user plane context of the CU-UPF network element.
- the first message may also include verification information, for example, the verification information is a token.
- the SMF network element sends the verification information to the gNB-CU-CP through other messages.
- the verification information is used for the CU-UPF network element to determine the authority of gNB-CU-CP, for example, for the CU-UPF network element to determine whether the gNB-CU-CP has the authority to obtain the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element, or In other words, for the CU-UPF network element to determine whether the gNB-CU-CP has the authority to modify the user plane context of the CU-UPF network element, or for the CU-UPF network element to determine whether the gNB-CU-CP has the ability to modify the CU -The authority of the F1 interface of the UPF network element.
- step 701 and step 702 the UE sends a measurement report to the gNB-CU-CP through the first gNB-DU.
- the first gNB-DU is the source gNB-DU connected before the UE handover
- the measurement report may include information such as the received signal power of the surrounding gNB-DU measured by the UE, and the UE sends the measurement report to the gNB-CU-CP, The gNB-CU-CP determines whether the UE needs to switch gNB-DU.
- Step 703 When the gNB-CU-CP determines that the UE needs to switch the gNB-DU, the gNB-CU-CP requests the CU-UPF network element through the control port for the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element.
- the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element refers to the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element in the F1 user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the first gNB-DU, for example, the CU-UPF network
- the meta uplink tunnel information may include the IP address and the GTP tunnel endpoint identifier.
- the gNB-CU-CP may also send verification information to the CU-UPF network element through the control port.
- the gNB-CU-CP may also send the verification information to the CU-UPF network element through the control port.
- the UPF network element sends a bearer context modification request (BEARER CONTEXT MODIFICATION REQUEST), where the bearer context modification request carries a token.
- the method embodiment may further include the following step 704.
- step 704 the CU-UPF network element verifies the authority of the gNB-CU-CP according to the verification information. For example, the CU-UPF network element determines whether the gNB-CU-CP has the authority to obtain the uplink tunnel information according to the token. If so, the CU-UPF network element performs step 705; otherwise, step 705 is not performed.
- Step 705 The CU-UPF network element sends the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element to the gNB-CU-CP.
- Step 706 the gNB-CU-CP forwards the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element to the second gNB-DU, and also sends a request to the second gNB-DU, the request is used to request the downlink tunnel of the second gNB-DU information.
- Step 707 After receiving the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element, the second gNB-DU establishes the second gNB-DU and CU-DU according to the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element and the uplink tunnel information of the second gNB-DU. F1 uplink user plane connection between UPF network elements, so that the second gNB-DU can receive the uplink data of the terminal equipment. In addition, the second gNB-DU also sends the downlink tunnel information of the second gNB-DU to the gNB-CU-CP.
- the gNB-CU-CP sends a handover instruction to the first gNB-DU, where the handover instruction is used to instruct the UE to switch from connecting to the first gNB-DU to connecting to the second gNB-DU.
- the handover command is a UE context modification request (UE CONTEXT MODIFICATION REQUEST) message.
- the UE context modification request message may include an RRC reconfiguration handover command (Reconfiguration Handover Command) for instructing the UE to perform handover.
- RRC reconfiguration handover command Reconfiguration Handover Command
- the UE receives an RRC reconfiguration After the handover instruction is configured, it is necessary to disconnect the wireless connection with the first gNB-DU, and try to access the second gNB-DU through the random access procedure.
- Step 710 After sending the RRC reconfiguration signaling to the UE, the first gNB-DU stops sending downlink data to the UE.
- the first gNB-DU may also send a downlink data transmission status message to the CU-UPF network element to notify the CU-UPF of the transmission status of the downlink data packet (for example, to inform which SN number of the downlink data packet has been successfully transmitted, Mainly used to synchronize the SN number of PDCP data packets).
- Step 711 The first gNB-DU sends a handover result to the gNB-CU-CP.
- the handover result is used to indicate that the first gNB-DU has interrupted the wireless connection with the UE and instruct the gNB-CU-CP to stop sending data to it.
- the handover result may be carried in a UE context modification response (UE CONTEXT MODIFICATION RESPONSE) message
- the UE context modification response message may include an RRC reconfiguration complete message.
- Step 712 The gNB-CU-CP sends a second message to the CU-UPF network element.
- the second message is a bearer context modification request (BEARER CONTEXT MODIFICATION REQUEST) message, and the message carries the downlink tunnel information of the second gNB-DU.
- the second message is used to modify the user plane context of the CU-UPF network element.
- the uplink and downlink connection between the CU-UPF and the F1 interface of the second gNB-DU has been established, and there is no user plane data interaction with the first gNB-DU.
- Step 713 The CU-UPF network element establishes an F1 downlink user between the second gNB-DU and the CU-UPF network element according to the downlink tunnel information of the second gNB-DU and the downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element stored by itself Plane connection, generate F1 user plane context information between the second gNB-DU and CU-UPF network element, and report the modified F1 user plane context information to the SMF network element.
- the F1 user plane context information includes gNB-DU The downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element, and the uplink tunnel information and downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element.
- the SMF network element feeds back a bearer context modification response (BEARER CONTEXT MODIFICATION RESPONSE) to the CU-UPF network element through an N4 message.
- the bearer context modification response includes the completion of the F1 user plane context information modification.
- the CU-UPF network element sends a response message to the gNB-CU-CP.
- the response message is a port context modification response (BEARER CONTEXT MODIFICATION RESPONSE) message, which is used to inform the gNB-CU-CP that the CU-UPF and the first
- the F1 interface of the second gNB-DU has uplink and downlink connections, and the user plane context modification of the F1 interface of the CU-UPF and the second gNB-DU.
- Step 716 The UE establishes a wireless connection with the second gNB-DU through a random access procedure.
- step 717 and step 718 the UE sends an RRC reconfiguration complete (RRC Reconfiguration Complete) message to the gNB-CU-CP through the second gNB-DU.
- RRC reconfiguration complete RRC Reconfiguration Complete
- the RRC reconfiguration complete message is used to report that the radio connection with the second gNB-DU has been completed.
- the establishment is complete.
- Step 719 After the second gNB-DU establishes a successful wireless connection with the UE, the second gNB-DU sends a downlink data transmission status to the CU-UPF network element.
- the downlink data transmission status is used to instruct the CU-UPF network element to start sending
- the second gNB-DU sends downlink data.
- step 715 to step 719 can be performed in parallel with step 714, that is, the CU-UPF network element can perform step 715 to step 719 without waiting for the SMF response message.
- step 720 and step 721 the gNB-CU-CP instructs the first gNB-DU to release the context information of the UE, and the first gNB-DU feeds back the context release completion message of the UE to the gNB-CU-CP.
- the SMF network element sends the control port information and verification information of the CU-UPF to the gNB-CU-CP when the session is established, thereby authorizing the gNB-CU-CP to be in the gNB-CU-CP.
- the control connection in Figure 7B is different from the traditional E1 interface. It is a temporary connection similar to the user plane connection. It is not a device-level connection of the E1 interface. It is only associated with the session service. There is no device-level association. CU- UPF upgrade adjustments, etc., and gNB-CU-CP settings do not affect each other.
- the CU-UPF uses the control port to obtain the downlink tunnel information of the second DU. Based on the downlink tunnel information of the second DU and the downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF, the completion The F1 interface between the CU-UPF and the target DU is updated in the downlink user plane context to avoid the service delay and signaling overhead caused by the reconstruction of the F1 interface.
- the user plane communication of the F1 interface can be carried out between the second DU and the CU-UPF network element, so that the UE can perform uplink and downlink data transmission as soon as possible after the handover is completed, and reduce the delay caused by the terminal service Influence.
- the second embodiment combined with the description of scenario 1, as shown in FIG. 8, is a schematic flowchart of the second communication method provided in this embodiment of the application.
- the method includes the following steps.
- Step 801 The second DU of the RAN receives the first information from the CU-CP of the RAN.
- the first information is used to authorize the user plane data packet sent by the second DU to have the authority to transmit control plane data.
- the first information may be carried in the N2 message.
- the first message is a UE context modification/establishment request (UE context Modification/Establishment request) message.
- Step 802 In the process of the terminal device switching from the first DU to the second DU, the second DU sends a user plane data packet carrying the downlink tunnel information of the second DU to the CU-UPF network element.
- the downlink tunnel information of the second DU may include at least one of an IP address and a GTP tunnel endpoint identifier (tunnel endpoint identifier, TEID).
- the downlink tunnel information of the second DU may include a first IP address, and the first IP address is an IP address used for communication between the second DU and the CU-UPF network element.
- the CU-CP of the RAN may also obtain verification information from the SMF network element, and the CU-CP of the RAN may send the verification information to the second DU, so that the second DU sends the verification information to the CU-UPF network element.
- the sent user plane data packet may also carry the verification information, so that the CU-UPF network element can confirm whether the second DU has the authority to request the establishment of the first F1 user plane connection.
- Step 803 The CU-UPF network element establishes a first F1 user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the second DU according to the downlink tunnel information on the second DU side and the downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element.
- the uplink tunnel information is the uplink tunnel information of the F1 user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the first DU.
- the downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element may include at least one of an IP address and a GTP tunnel endpoint identifier (tunnel endpoint identifier, TEID).
- the downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element may include a second IP address, and the second IP address is the IP used when the CU-UPF network element side communicates between the first DU and the CU-UPF network element. address.
- the above method may further include: the second DU obtains the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element from the CU-UPF network element through the CU-CP, and the second DU obtains the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element according to the CU-UPF network element.
- the tunnel information and the uplink tunnel information of the target DU establish an uplink user plane connection between the second DU and the CU-UPF network element, so that the second DU receives uplink data from the terminal device through the uplink user plane connection.
- the above method may further include: the second DU may also send verification information to the CU-UPF network element through a user plane data packet, and the CU-UPF network element determines whether the second DU has acquired according to the verification information For the authority of the upstream tunnel information, when the CU-UPF network element determines that the second DU has the authority to obtain the upstream tunnel information, it sends the upstream tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element to the second DU; otherwise, it does not send it.
- the CU-CP when the DU of the RAN accessed by the terminal device is switched, the CU-CP can authorize the user plane data packet of the second DU to which the terminal device needs to switch to have the authority to send control plane data, so that Utilize user plane data packets to send downlink tunnel information to the CU-UPF network element, thereby completing the update of the user plane context between the second DU accessed after the terminal device is switched and the CU-UPF network element, so as to avoid executing the second DU
- the F1 user plane context reconstruction between the CU-UPF network element and the CU-UPF network element can reduce the handover delay and improve the problem of large service delay and high signaling overhead caused by the F1 interface reconstruction.
- the embodiment of the present application further takes as an example the UE switching from the first gNB-DU connected to the gNB to the second gNB-DU of the gNB to illustrate the foregoing communication method.
- the SMF network element sends verification information to the gNB-CU-CP of the gNB through the AMF network element.
- the verification information may include a token, and the verification information is used for the CU.
- the UPF network element determines the authority of the second gNB-DU, for example, for the CU-UPF network element to determine whether the second gNB-DU has the authority to obtain the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element, or in other words, for the CU- The UPF network element determines whether the second gNB-DU has the authority to modify the user plane context of the CU-UPF network element, in other words, it is used for the CU-UPF network element to determine whether the second gNB-DU has F1 to modify the CU-UPF network element The permissions of the interface.
- step 902 the UE sends a measurement report to the gNB-CU-CP through the first gNB-DU to trigger the handover procedure.
- the measurement report may include information such as the received signal power of the surrounding gNB-DU measured by the UE.
- the UE sends the measurement report to the gNB-CU-CP, and the gNB-CU-CP determines whether the UE needs to switch the gNB-DU.
- Step 903 When the gNB-CU-CP determines that the UE needs to switch to the second gNB-DU, the gNB-CU-CP forwards the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element to the second gNB-DU.
- the gNB-DU sends a request, which is used to request the establishment of an F1 uplink user plane connection.
- the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element refers to the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element in the F1 user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the first gNB-DU, for example, the CU-UPF network
- the meta uplink tunnel information may include the IP address and the GTP tunnel endpoint identifier.
- the downlink tunnel information of the second gNB-DU is used to establish an F1 downlink user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the second gNB-DU, where the downlink tunnel information of the second gNB-DU may include an IP address And GTP tunnel endpoint identification.
- Step 904 After receiving the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element, the second gNB-DU establishes the second gNB-DU and CU-DU according to the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element and the uplink tunnel information of the second gNB-DU. F1 uplink user plane connection between UPF network elements, so that the second gNB-DU can receive the uplink data of the terminal equipment.
- the second gNB-DU sends a response to the gNB-CU-CP, and the response includes the completion of the F1 uplink user plane connection establishment.
- Step 905 The gNB-CU-CP sends a handover instruction to the first gNB-DU, where the handover instruction is used to instruct the UE to switch from connecting to the first gNB-DU to connecting to the second gNB-DU.
- the handover command is a UE context modification request (UE CONTEXT MODIFICATION REQUEST) message.
- the UE context modification request message may include an RRC reconfiguration handover command (Reconfiguration Handover Command) for instructing the UE to perform handover.
- RRC reconfiguration handover command Reconfiguration Handover Command
- the UE receives an RRC reconfiguration After the handover instruction is configured, it is necessary to disconnect the wireless connection with the first gNB-DU, and try to access the second gNB-DU through the random access procedure.
- Step 906 After the first gNB-DU sends RRC reconfiguration signaling to the UE, it stops sending downlink data to the UE.
- Step 907 The first gNB-DU sends a Downlink Data Delivery Status (Downlink Data Delivery Status) message to the CU-UPF network element, which is used to report the data transmission status and instruct the CU-UPF to stop sending downlink data to it.
- Downlink Data Delivery Status Downlink Data Delivery Status
- Step 908 The first gNB-DU sends a handover result to the gNB-CU-CP.
- the handover result is used to indicate that the first gNB-DU has interrupted the wireless connection with the UE and instruct the gNB-CU-CP to stop sending data to it.
- the handover result may be carried in a UE context modification response (UE CONTEXT MODIFICATION RESPONSE) message
- the UE context modification response message may include an RRC reconfiguration complete message.
- Step 909 The UE establishes a wireless connection with the second gNB-DU through a random access procedure.
- Step 910 The second gNB-DU sends a user plane data packet carrying downlink tunnel information, such as a user plane data packet, such as a Downlink Data Delivery Status message, to the CU-UPF network element, the user plane data packet Contains the downlink tunnel information of the second gNB-DU.
- a user plane data packet such as a Downlink Data Delivery Status message
- the user plane data packet may further include verification information.
- the method embodiment may further include the following step 911.
- step 911 the CU-UPF network element performs verification according to the second gNB-CU authority of the verification information. For example, the CU-UPF network element determines whether the second gNB-CU has the authority to modify the F1 user plane connection according to the token. If so, the CU-UPF network element performs step 912; otherwise, step 912 is not performed.
- step 912 the CU-UPF network element sends the downlink data of the UE to the second gNB-DU after the verification is passed.
- Step 913 The CU-UPF network element modifies the F1 user plane context information between the second gNB-DU and the CU-UPF network element, and reports the modified F1 user plane context information to the SMF network element.
- step 914 the SMF network element feeds back a bearer context modification response (BEARER CONTEXT MODIFICATION RESPONSE) to the CU-UPF network element through an N4 message, and the bearer context modification response includes the completion of the F1 user plane context information modification.
- a bearer context modification response BEARER CONTEXT MODIFICATION RESPONSE
- step 915 and step 916 the UE sends an RRC reconfiguration complete (RRC Reconfiguration Complete) message to the gNB-CU-CP through the second gNB-DU.
- RRC reconfiguration complete RRC Reconfiguration Complete
- the RRC reconfiguration complete message is used to report that the radio connection with the second gNB-DU has been completed.
- the establishment is complete.
- step 917 and step 918 the gNB-CU-CP instructs the first gNB-DU to release the context information of the UE, and the first gNB-DU feeds back the context release completion message of the UE to the gNB-CU-CP.
- the SMF network element feeds back a UE context modification response message to the gNB-CU-CP through the AMF network element, and the UE context modification response message includes update information of the F1 user plane context.
- the core network element can authorize user plane data so that the user plane data packet sent by the second DU to the CU-UPF network element can carry the downlink tunnel information of the second DU Therefore, in the gNB-DU handover process, first modify the downlink user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the second gNB-DU, and finally report the modified user plane context to the SMF network element for synchronization to ensure Fast handover of gNB-DU.
- the second DU uses user plane data packets to send downlink tunnel information to the CU-UPF network element, and the CU-UPF network element is based on the downlink tunnel information of the second DU and
- the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF completes the update of the user plane context of the F1 interface between the CU-UPF and the target DU, and avoids the service delay and signaling overhead caused by the reconstruction of the F1 interface.
- the user plane communication of the F1 interface can be carried out between the second DU and the CU-UPF network element, so that the UE can transmit uplink and downlink data as soon as possible after the handover is completed, and reduce the delay caused by the terminal service. Influence.
- FIG. 10 is a schematic flow diagram of the third communication method provided by the embodiment of this application. Referring to Figure 10, the method includes the following steps.
- Step 1001 The second CU-CP of the second RAN receives control port information from the SMF network element through the first CU-CP of the first RAN.
- control port indicated by the control port information can be called a temporary E1 port
- control port indicated by the control port information is the control port of the CU-UPF network element and corresponds to the PDU session of the terminal device Control port.
- the control port corresponds to the session one-to-one.
- control port information can be carried in the N2 message.
- Step 1002 When the terminal device switches from the first DU of the first RAN to the second DU of the second RAN, the second CU-CP obtains from the second DU the downlink of the second DU used to establish the first F1 user plane connection Tunnel information.
- the terminal device may send a measurement report to the CU-CP of the first RAN through the first DU currently accessed, and the CU-CP of the first RAN forwards the measurement report to the CU-CP of the second RAN, and the second RAN According to the measurement report from the terminal device, the CU-CP determines that the terminal device needs to switch to the second DU.
- the measurement report may include information such as the received signal power of the surrounding RAN DU measured by the UE.
- the first DU is the source DU accessed by the terminal device before the handover
- the second DU is the target DU accessed by the terminal device after the handover.
- the downlink tunnel information of the second DU may include the IP address and the GTP tunnel endpoint identifier (tunnel endpoint identifier). , At least one of TEID).
- the downlink tunnel information of the second DU may include a first IP address
- the first IP address is an IP address used for communication between the second DU and the CU-UPF network element.
- the specific manner in which the CU-CP obtains the downlink tunnel information of the second DU from the second DU may refer to the foregoing step 602, which will not be repeated here.
- Step 1003 In the process of the terminal device switching from the first DU to the second DU, the second CU-CP sends the downlink tunnel information to the CU-UPF network element through the control port.
- Step 1004 The CU-UPF network element establishes an F1 downlink user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the second DU according to the downlink tunnel information of the second DU and the downlink tunnel information of the CU_UPF network element.
- the F1 downlink user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the second DU is also referred to as the first F1 user plane connection in this article.
- the downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element is the downlink tunnel information of the second F1 user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the first DU.
- the downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element may include at least one of an IP address and a GTP tunnel endpoint identifier (tunnel endpoint identifier, TEID).
- the foregoing method may further include: the second CU-CP of the second RAN obtains the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element from the CU-UPF network element through the control port, and the second CU-CP sends the information to the second CU-UPF network element.
- the second DU sends the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element, and the second DU establishes the uplink between the second DU and the CU-UPF network element according to the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element and the uplink tunnel information of the target DU
- the user plane connection so that the second DU receives the uplink data from the terminal device through the uplink user plane connection.
- the foregoing method may further include: the second CU-CP further sends verification information to the CU-UPF network element through the control port, and the CU-UPF network element determines whether the second CU-CP has the verification information according to the verification information.
- the authority to obtain the uplink tunnel information When the CU-UPF network element determines that the second CU-CP has the authority to obtain the uplink tunnel information, it sends the uplink tunnel of the CU-UPF network element to the CU-UPF network element to the second CU-CP Information, otherwise, it is not sent.
- the CU-UPF network element sends the downlink tunnel information of the second DU, and the uplink tunnel information and downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element to the core network element.
- the second CU-CP of the second RAN may be based on the The control port obtained by the element communicates with the CU-UPF network element.
- the CU-UPF network element can obtain the downlink tunnel information of the second DU from the second CU-UP based on the control port, thereby completing the second DU accessed after the terminal device is switched.
- the establishment of the downlink user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the CU-UPF network element can avoid the implementation of the F1 user plane interface reconstruction between the second DU and the CU-UPF network element, thereby reducing the handover delay and improving the F1 interface
- the problems of long service delay and high signaling overhead caused by reconstruction can avoid the implementation of the F1 user plane interface reconstruction between the second DU and the CU-UPF network element, thereby reducing the handover delay and improving the F1 interface.
- the embodiment of the present application further takes as an example the UE switching from the first gNB-DU connected to the first gNB to the second gNB-DU of the second gNB to illustrate the foregoing communication method.
- the first gNB is the source gNB that the terminal accesses before handover
- the second gNB is the target gNB that the terminal accesses after the handover
- the first gNB-DU is the distributed unit of the source gNB
- the second gNB-DU is the target
- the first gNB-CU-CP is the control plane entity of the source gNB
- the second gNB-CU-CP is the control plane entity of the target gNB.
- Step 1100 During the establishment of the PDU session, the SMF network element sends the control port information of the CU-UPF network element corresponding to the PDU session to the first gNB-CU-CP of the first gNB through the AMF network element, The first gNB-CU-CP forwards the control port information to the second gNB-CU-CP of the second gNB.
- the SMF network element issues the CU-UPF network element side control port information to the second gNB-CU-CP when the PDU session is established, so that the second gNB-CU-CP can be indicated by the control port information Establish communication with the CU-UPF network element, so that the second gNB-CU-CP of the second gNB can send control plane data to the CU-UPF network element. It is equivalent to that the SMF network element authorizes the second gNB-CU-CP to have the authority to modify the user plane context of the CU-UPF network element.
- the first message may also include verification information, for example, the verification information is a token.
- the SMF network element sends the verification information to the second gNB-CU-CP through other messages.
- the verification information is used for the CU-UPF network element to determine the authority of the gNB-CU-CP, for example, for the CU-UPF network element to determine whether the second gNB-CU-CP has the authority to obtain the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element , In other words, for the CU-UPF network element to determine whether the second gNB-CU-CP has the authority to modify the user plane context of the CU-UPF network element, or for the CU-UPF network element to determine the second gNB-CU -Whether the CP has the authority to modify the F1 interface of the CU-UPF network element.
- step 1101 and step 1102 the UE sends a measurement report to the gNB-CU-CP of the first gNB through the gNB-DU of the first gNB.
- the first gNB-DU is the source gNB-DU connected before the UE handover
- the measurement report may include information such as the received signal power of surrounding gNB-DUs measured by the UE, and the UE sends the measurement report to the first gNB-CU- CP, gNB-CU-CP determines whether the UE needs to switch gNB-DU.
- Step 1103 When the first gNB-CU-CP determines that the UE needs to switch gNB-DU according to the measurement report, the first gNB-CU-CP sends a handover request to the second gNB-CU-CP, and the handover request is used to request the terminal The device switches to the second gNB-DU of the second gNB-CU-CP.
- Step 1104 The second gNB-CU-CP requests the CU-UPF network element for uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element through the control port.
- the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element refers to the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element in the F1 user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the first gNB-DU, for example, the CU-UPF network
- the meta uplink tunnel information may include the IP address and the GTP tunnel endpoint identifier.
- the second gNB-CU-CP may also send verification information to the CU-UPF network element through the control port.
- the second gNB-CU-CP may also send verification information through the control port.
- the port sends a bearer context modification request (BEARER CONTEXT MODIFICATION REQUEST) to the CU-UPF network element, where the bearer context modification request carries a token.
- the verification information is included in step 1104, the method embodiment may further include the following step 1105.
- Step 1105 The CU-UPF network element verifies the authority of the second gNB-CU-CP according to the verification information. For example, the CU-UPF network element determines whether the second gNB-CU-CP has the authority to obtain uplink tunnel information according to the token. If so, the CU-UPF network element performs step 1106; otherwise, step 1106 is not performed.
- Step 1106 The CU-UPF network element sends the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element to the second gNB-CU-CP.
- Step 1107 The second gNB-CU-CP forwards the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element to the second gNB-DU, and also sends a request to the second gNB-DU.
- the request is used to request the second gNB-DU Downlink tunnel information.
- Step 1108 After receiving the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element, the second gNB-DU establishes the second gNB-DU and CU-DU according to the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element and the uplink tunnel information of the second gNB-DU. F1 uplink user plane connection between UPF network elements, so that the second gNB-DU can receive the uplink data of the terminal equipment. In addition, the second gNB-DU also sends the downlink tunnel information of the second gNB-DU to the gNB-CU-CP.
- Step 1109 The second gNB-CU-CP sends a handover request response to the first gNB-CU-CP.
- the handover request response includes indication information for instructing the UE to switch from connecting to the first gNB-DU to connecting to the second gNB-DU .
- the first gNB-CU-CP sends a handover instruction to the first gNB-DU, where the handover instruction is used to instruct the UE to switch from connecting to the first gNB-DU to connecting to the second gNB-DU.
- the handover command is a UE context modification request (UE CONTEXT MODIFICATION REQUEST) message.
- the UE context modification request message may include an RRC reconfiguration handover command (Reconfiguration Handover Command) for instructing the UE to perform handover.
- RRC reconfiguration handover command Reconfiguration Handover Command
- the UE receives an RRC reconfiguration After the handover instruction is configured, it is necessary to disconnect the wireless connection with the first gNB-DU, and try to access the second gNB-DU through the random access procedure.
- Step 1112 After the first gNB-DU sends RRC reconfiguration signaling to the UE, it stops sending downlink data to the UE.
- the first gNB-DU may also send a downlink data transmission status message to the CU-UPF network element to notify the CU-UPF of the transmission status of the downlink data packet (for example, to inform which SN number of the downlink data packet has been successfully transmitted, Mainly used to synchronize the SN number of PDCP data packets).
- Step 1113 The first gNB-DU sends a handover result to the first gNB-CU-CP.
- the handover result is used to indicate that the first gNB-DU has interrupted the wireless connection with the UE, and instruct the first gNB-CU-CP to stop sending to it. send data.
- the handover result may be carried in a UE context modification response (UE CONTEXT MODIFICATION RESPONSE) message
- the UE context modification response message may include an RRC reconfiguration complete message.
- Step 1114 The second gNB-CU-CP sends a second message to the CU-UPF network element.
- the second message is a bearer context modification request (BEARER CONTEXT MODIFICATION REQUEST) message, which carries the downlink tunnel of the second gNB-DU information.
- the second message is used to modify the user plane context of the CU-UPF network element.
- the uplink and downlink connection between the CU-UPF and the F1 interface of the second gNB-DU has been established, and there is no user plane data interaction with the first gNB-DU.
- Step 1115 The CU-UPF network element establishes an F1 downlink user between the second gNB-DU and the CU-UPF network element according to the downlink tunnel information of the second gNB-DU and the downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element stored by itself Plane connection, generate F1 user plane context information between the second gNB-DU and CU-UPF network element, and report the modified F1 user plane context information to the SMF network element.
- the F1 user plane context information includes gNB-DU The downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element, and the uplink tunnel information and downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element.
- Step 1116 The SMF network element feeds back a bearer context modification response (BEARER CONTEXT MODIFICATION RESPONSE) to the CU-UPF network element through an N4 message, and the bearer context modification response includes the completion of the F1 user plane context information modification.
- BEARER CONTEXT MODIFICATION RESPONSE BEARER CONTEXT MODIFICATION RESPONSE
- Step 1117 The CU-UPF network element sends a response message to the second gNB-CU-CP.
- the response message is a port context modification response (BEARER CONTEXT MODIFICATION RESPONSE) message, used to inform the gNB-CU-CP that the CU-UPF has been completed
- BEARER CONTEXT MODIFICATION RESPONSE port context modification response
- Step 1118 The UE disconnects from the first gNB-DU, and the UE establishes a connection with the second gNB-DU through a random access procedure.
- step 1119 and step 1120 the UE sends an RRC reconfiguration complete (RRC Reconfiguration Complete) message to the second gNB-CU-CP through the second gNB-DU.
- RRC reconfiguration complete RRC Reconfiguration Complete
- the RRC reconfiguration complete message is used to report the radio connection with the second gNB-DU. The connection has been established.
- Step 1121 After the second gNB-DU establishes a successful wireless connection with the UE, the second gNB-DU sends a downlink data transmission status to the CU-UPF network element.
- the downlink data transmission status is used to instruct the CU-UPF network element to start sending
- the second gNB-DU sends downlink data.
- step 1117 to step 1121 can be performed in parallel with step 1116, that is, the CU-UPF network element can perform step 1117 to step 1121 without waiting for the SMF response message.
- Step 1122 The second gNB-CU-CP instructs the first gNB-CU-CP to release the context information of the UE.
- step 1123 and step 1124 the first gNB-CU-CP instructs the first gNB-DU to release the context information of the UE, and the first gNB-DU feeds back the context release completion message of the UE to the first gNB-CU-CP.
- Step 1125 The second gNB-CU-CP reports the updated context information of the UE to the AMF network element, where the updated context information of the UE includes information about the second gNB-CU-CP serving the UE.
- the SMF network element sends the control port information and verification information of the CU-UPF to the target gNB-CU-CP through the source gNB-CU-CP when the session is established, thereby authorizing
- the target gNB-CU-CP first modifies the downlink user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the second gNB-DU, and finally reports the modified user plane context to the SMF network element. Synchronization, thus ensuring fast handover of gNB-DU.
- the control connection in Figure 11B is different from the traditional E1 interface. It is a temporary connection similar to the user plane connection. It is not a device-level connection of the E1 interface. It is only associated with the session service. There is no device-level association. CU- UPF upgrade adjustments, etc., and the settings of the target gNB-CU-CP do not affect each other.
- the CU-UPF uses the control port to obtain the downlink tunnel information of the second DU, and completes the CU-UPF based on the downlink tunnel information of the second DU and the downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF.
- the F1 interface between the UPF and the target DU is updated in the downlink user plane context to avoid service delay and signaling overhead caused by the reconstruction of the F1 interface.
- the user plane communication of the F1 interface can be carried out between the second DU and the CU-UPF network element, so that the UE can transmit uplink and downlink data as soon as possible after the handover is completed, and reduce the delay caused by the terminal service. Influence.
- the fourth embodiment is a schematic flow diagram of the fourth communication method provided by the embodiment of this application. Referring to Figure 12, the method includes the following steps.
- Step 1201 The second DU of the second RAN receives the first information of the first CU-CP of the first RAN through the second CU-CP of the second RAN, and the first information is that the first CU-CP of the first RAN is from Obtained by SMF network element.
- the first information is used to authorize the user plane data packet sent by the second DU to have the authority to transmit control plane data.
- the first information may be carried in the N2 message.
- the first message is a UE context modification/establishment request (UE context Modification/Establishment request) message.
- Step 1202 In the process of the terminal device switching from the first DU to the second DU, the second DU sends a user plane data packet carrying the downlink tunnel information of the second DU to the CU-UPF network element.
- the downlink tunnel information of the second DU may include at least one of an IP address and a GTP tunnel endpoint identifier (tunnel endpoint identifier, TEID).
- the downlink tunnel information of the second DU may include a first IP address, and the first IP address is an IP address used for communication between the second DU and the CU-UPF network element.
- the second CU-CP of the second RAN may also obtain verification information from the SMF network element, and the second CU-CP of the second RAN may send the verification information to the second DU, so that the first The user plane data packet sent by the second DU to the CU-UPF network element may also carry the verification information, so that the CU-UPF network element can confirm whether the second DU has the authority to request the establishment of the first F1 user plane connection.
- Step 1203 The CU-UPF network element establishes a first F1 user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the second DU according to the downlink tunnel information on the second DU side and the downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element.
- the downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element may include at least one of an IP address and a GTP tunnel endpoint identifier (tunnel endpoint identifier, TEID).
- the downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element may include a second IP address, and the second IP address is the IP used when the CU-UPF network element side communicates between the first DU and the CU-UPF network element. address.
- the foregoing method may further include: the second DU obtains the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element from the CU-UPF network element through the second CU-CP, and the second DU obtains the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element according to the CU-UPF network element.
- the uplink tunnel information of the target DU and the uplink tunnel information of the target DU establish an uplink user plane connection between the second DU and the CU-UPF network element, so that the second DU receives uplink data from the terminal device through the uplink user plane connection.
- the above method may further include: the second DU may also send verification information to the CU-UPF network element through a user plane data packet, and the CU-UPF network element determines whether the second DU has acquired according to the verification information For the authority of the upstream tunnel information, when the CU-UPF network element determines that the second DU has the authority to obtain the upstream tunnel information, it sends the upstream tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element to the second DU; otherwise, it does not send it.
- the second CU-CP when the DU of the RAN accessed by the terminal device is switched, the second CU-CP can authorize the user plane data packet of the second DU to which the terminal device needs to switch to have the authority to send control plane data. Therefore, the user plane data packet can be used to send downlink tunnel information to the CU-UPF network element, so as to complete the update of the user plane context between the second DU accessed by the terminal device after the handover and the CU-UPF network element, which can avoid the execution of the first Second, the F1 user plane context reconstruction between the DU and the CU-UPF network element can reduce the handover delay and improve the problem of large service delay and large signaling overhead caused by the reconstruction of the F1 interface.
- the embodiment of the present application further uses the UE switching from the first gNB-DU connected to the first gNB to the second gNB-DU of the second gNB as an example to illustrate the foregoing communication method.
- the first gNB is the source gNB that the terminal accesses before handover
- the second gNB is the target gNB that the terminal accesses after the handover
- the first gNB-DU is the distributed unit of the source gNB
- the second gNB-DU is the target
- the first gNB-CU-CP is the control plane entity of the source gNB
- the second gNB-CU-CP is the control plane entity of the target gNB.
- the SMF network element sends verification information to the gNB-CU-CP of the gNB through the AMF network element.
- the verification information may include a token, and the verification information is used for the CU.
- the UPF network element determines the authority of the second gNB-DU, for example, for the CU-UPF network element to determine whether the second gNB-DU has the authority to obtain the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element, or in other words, for the CU- The UPF network element determines whether the second gNB-DU has the authority to modify the user plane context of the CU-UPF network element, in other words, it is used for the CU-UPF network element to determine whether the second gNB-DU has F1 to modify the CU-UPF network element The permissions of the interface.
- the UE sends a measurement report to the gNB-CU-CP of the first gNB through the gNB-DU of the first gNB.
- the first gNB-DU is the source gNB-DU connected before the UE handover
- the measurement report may include information such as the received signal power of surrounding gNB-DUs measured by the UE, and the UE sends the measurement report to the first gNB-CU- CP, gNB-CU-CP determines whether the UE needs to switch gNB-DU.
- Step 1303 When the first gNB-CU-CP determines that the UE needs to switch gNB-DU according to the measurement report, the first gNB-CU-CP sends a switching request to the second gNB-CU-CP, and the switching request is used to request the terminal The device switches to the second gNB-DU of the second gNB-CU-CP.
- Step 1304 When the second gNB-CU-CP determines that the UE needs to switch to the second gNB-DU, the second gNB-CU-CP sends the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element to the second gNB-DU.
- a request is also sent to the second gNB-DU, where the request is used to request downlink tunnel information of the second gNB-DU, where the downlink tunnel information of the second gNB-DU is used to establish an F1 downlink user plane connection.
- the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element refers to the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element in the F1 user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the first gNB-DU, for example, the CU-UPF network
- the meta uplink tunnel information may include the IP address and the GTP tunnel endpoint identifier.
- the downlink tunnel information of the second gNB-DU is used to establish an F1 downlink user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the second gNB-DU, where the downlink tunnel information of the second gNB-DU may include an IP address And GTP tunnel endpoint identification.
- Step 1305 After receiving the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element, the second gNB-DU establishes the second gNB-DU and CU-DU according to the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element and the uplink tunnel information of the second gNB-DU. F1 uplink user plane connection between UPF network elements, so that the second gNB-DU can receive the uplink data of the terminal equipment.
- the second gNB-DU sends a response to the second gNB-CU-CP, and the response includes the completion of the F1 uplink user plane connection establishment.
- Step 1306 The second gNB-CU-CP sends a switching instruction to the first gNB-DU, where the switching instruction is used to instruct the UE to switch from connecting to the first gNB-DU to connecting to the second gNB-DU.
- the handover command is a UE context modification request (UE CONTEXT MODIFICATION REQUEST) message.
- the UE context modification request message may include an RRC reconfiguration handover command (Reconfiguration Handover Command) for instructing the UE to perform handover.
- RRC reconfiguration handover command Reconfiguration Handover Command
- the UE receives an RRC reconfiguration After the handover instruction is configured, it is necessary to disconnect the wireless connection with the first gNB-DU, and try to access the second gNB-DU through the random access procedure.
- the first gNB-CU-CP sends a handover instruction to the first gNB-DU, where the handover instruction is used to instruct the UE to switch from connecting to the first gNB-DU to connecting to the second gNB-DU.
- the handover command is a UE context modification request (UE CONTEXT MODIFICATION REQUEST) message.
- the UE context modification request message may include an RRC reconfiguration handover command (Reconfiguration Handover Command) for instructing the UE to perform handover.
- RRC reconfiguration handover command Reconfiguration Handover Command
- the UE receives an RRC reconfiguration After the handover instruction is configured, it is necessary to disconnect the wireless connection with the first gNB-DU, and try to access the second gNB-DU through the random access procedure.
- Step 1309 The first gNB-DU sends a Downlink Data Delivery Status (Downlink Data Delivery Status) message to the CU-UPF network element, which is used to report the data transmission status and instruct the CU-UPF to stop sending downlink data to it.
- Downlink Data Delivery Status Downlink Data Delivery Status
- Step 1310 The first gNB-DU sends a handover result to the first gNB-CU-CP.
- the handover result is used to indicate that the first gNB-DU has interrupted the wireless connection with the UE, and instruct the first gNB-CU-CP to stop sending to it. send data.
- the handover result may be carried in a UE context modification response (UE CONTEXT MODIFICATION RESPONSE) message
- the UE context modification response message may include an RRC reconfiguration complete message.
- Step 1311 The UE disconnects from the first gNB-DU, and the UE establishes a connection with the second gNB-DU through a random access procedure.
- Step 1312 The second gNB-DU sends a user plane data packet carrying downlink tunnel information, such as a user plane data packet, such as a Downlink Data Delivery Status message, to the CU-UPF network element, the user plane data packet Contains the downlink tunnel information of the second gNB-DU.
- a user plane data packet such as a Downlink Data Delivery Status message
- the user plane data packet may further include verification information.
- the verification information is included in step 1312
- the method embodiment may further include the following step 1313.
- Step 1313 The CU-UPF network element performs verification according to the second gNB-CU authority of the verification information. For example, the CU-UPF network element determines whether the second gNB-CU has the authority to modify the F1 user plane connection according to the token. If so, the CU-UPF network element performs step 1314; otherwise, step 1314 is not performed.
- Step 1314 The CU-UPF network element sends the downlink data of the UE to the second gNB-CU after the verification is passed.
- Step 1315 The CU-UPF network element modifies the F1 user plane context information between the second gNB-DU and the CU-UPF network element, and reports the modified F1 user plane context information to the SMF network element.
- Step 1316 The SMF network element feeds back a bearer context modification response (BEARER CONTEXT MODIFICATION RESPONSE) to the CU-UPF network element through an N4 message, and the bearer context modification response includes the completion of the F1 user plane context information modification.
- BEARER CONTEXT MODIFICATION RESPONSE BEARER CONTEXT MODIFICATION RESPONSE
- the UE sends an RRC reconfiguration complete (RRC Reconfiguration Complete) message to the gNB-CU-CP through the second gNB-DU.
- RRC reconfiguration complete RRC Reconfiguration Complete
- the RRC reconfiguration complete message is used to report that the radio connection with the second gNB-DU has been completed.
- the establishment is complete.
- Step 1319 The second gNB-CU-CP instructs the first gNB-CU-CP to release the context information of the UE.
- the first gNB-CU-CP instructs the first gNB-DU to release the context information of the UE, and the first gNB-DU feeds back the context release completion message of the UE to the first gNB-CU-CP.
- Step 1322 The second gNB-CU-CP reports the updated context information of the UE to the AMF network element, where the updated context information of the UE includes information about the second gNB-CU-CP serving the UE.
- the core network element can authorize user plane data so that the user plane data packet sent by the second DU to the CU-UPF network element can carry the downlink tunnel information of the second DU Therefore, in the gNB-DU handover process, first modify the downlink user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the second gNB-DU, and finally report the modified user plane context to the SMF network element for synchronization to ensure Fast handover of gNB-DU.
- the second DU uses user plane data packets to send downlink tunnel information to the CU-UPF network element, and the CU-UPF network element is based on the downlink tunnel information of the second DU and
- the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF completes the update of the user plane context of the F1 interface between the CU-UPF and the target DU, and avoids the service delay and signaling overhead caused by the reconstruction of the F1 interface.
- the user plane communication of the F1 interface can be carried out between the second DU and the CU-UPF network element, so that the UE can perform uplink and downlink data transmission as soon as possible after the handover is completed, and reduce the delay caused by the terminal service Influence.
- Embodiment 1 Regarding the above-mentioned Embodiment 1 to Embodiment 4, it should be noted that: (1) The above-mentioned Embodiment 1 and Embodiment 4 can be implemented separately in different scenarios, or can be implemented in combination in the same scenario, or different implementations The different solutions involved in the examples can also be implemented in combination (for example, part or all of the solutions involved in the first embodiment can be implemented in combination with the third embodiment), which is not specifically limited.
- step numbers of the flowcharts described in the embodiments of the present application are only an example of the execution process, and do not constitute a restriction on the order of execution of the steps. There is no timing dependency between the embodiments of the present application. There is no strict execution order between the steps.
- the network device or the terminal device may include a corresponding hardware structure and/or software module for performing each function.
- the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered as going beyond the scope of this application.
- each functional unit may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one unit.
- the above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
- FIG. 14 shows a possible exemplary block diagram of a device involved in an embodiment of the present application.
- the apparatus 1400 may include: a processing unit 1402 and a communication unit 1403.
- the processing unit 1402 is used to control and manage the actions of the device 1400.
- the communication unit 1403 is used to support communication between the apparatus 1400 and other devices.
- the communication unit 1403 is also called a transceiving unit, and may include a receiving unit and/or a sending unit, which are used to perform receiving and sending operations, respectively.
- the device 1400 may further include a storage unit 1401 for storing program codes and/or data of the device 1400.
- the apparatus 1400 may be a radio access network device (such as a control plane entity or a distributed unit of a RAN) in any of the foregoing embodiments, or may also be a chip set in the radio access network device.
- the processing unit 1402 may support the apparatus 1400 to perform the actions of the radio access network device in the above method examples.
- the processing unit 1402 mainly executes the internal actions of the radio access network device in the method example, and the communication unit 1403 can support communication between the apparatus 1400 and the radio access network device.
- the device 1400 may be the CU-UPF network element in any of the foregoing embodiments, or may also be a chip in the CU-UPF network element.
- the processing unit 1402 may support the device 1400 to execute the actions of the CU-UPF network element in the above method examples.
- the processing unit 1402 mainly executes the internal actions of the CU-UPF network element in the method example
- the communication unit 1403 may support communication between the device 1400 and the CU-UPF network element.
- the processing unit 1402 may be used to perform the internal actions of the CU-UPF network element in the method example; the communication unit 1403 may be used to perform the transceiving actions of the CU-UPF network element in the method example.
- each unit in the device can be all implemented in the form of software called by processing elements; they can also be all implemented in the form of hardware; part of the units can also be implemented in the form of software called by the processing elements, and some of the units can be implemented in the form of hardware.
- each unit can be a separately set up processing element, or it can be integrated in a certain chip of the device for implementation.
- it can also be stored in the memory in the form of a program, which is called and executed by a certain processing element of the device. Function.
- each step of the above method or each of the above units may be implemented by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor element or implemented in a form of being called by software through a processing element.
- the unit in any of the above devices may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, for example: one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASIC), or, one or Multiple microprocessors (digital singnal processors, DSPs), or, one or more field programmable gate arrays (Field Programmable Gate Arrays, FPGAs), or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuits.
- ASIC application specific integrated circuits
- DSPs digital singnal processors
- FPGAs Field Programmable Gate Arrays
- the unit in the device can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler
- the processing element can be a processor, such as a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), or other processors that can call programs.
- CPU central processing unit
- these units can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
- the above receiving unit is an interface circuit of the device for receiving signals from other devices.
- the receiving unit is an interface circuit used by the chip to receive signals from other chips or devices.
- the above unit for sending is an interface circuit of the device for sending signals to other devices.
- the sending unit is an interface circuit used by the chip to send signals to other chips or devices.
- FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a radio access network device provided by an embodiment of the application. It may be the terminal device in the above embodiment, and is used to implement the operation of the terminal device in the above embodiment.
- the wireless access network equipment includes: an antenna 1510, a radio frequency part 1520, and a signal processing part 1530.
- the antenna 1510 is connected to the radio frequency part 1520.
- the radio frequency part 1520 receives the information sent by the wireless access network device through the antenna 1510, and sends the information sent by the wireless access network device to the signal processing part 1530 for processing.
- the signal processing part 1530 processes the information of the terminal equipment and sends it to the radio frequency part 1520
- the radio frequency part 1520 processes the information of the terminal equipment and sends it to the core network equipment via the antenna 1510.
- the signal processing part 1530 may include a modem subsystem, which is used to process data at various communication protocol layers; it may also include a central processing subsystem, which is used to process terminal equipment operating systems and application layers.
- the modem subsystem may include one or more processing elements 1531, for example, including a main control CPU and other integrated circuits.
- the modem subsystem may also include a storage element 1532 and an interface circuit 1533.
- the storage element 1532 is used to store data and programs, but the program used to execute the method performed by the terminal device in the above method may not be stored in the storage element 1532, but stored in a memory outside the modem subsystem, When in use, the modem subsystem is loaded and used.
- the interface circuit 1533 is used to communicate with other subsystems.
- the modem subsystem can be implemented by a chip.
- the chip includes at least one processing element and an interface circuit, where the processing element is used to execute each step of any method performed by the above wireless access network device, and the interface circuit is used to communicate with other Device communication.
- the units of the wireless access network equipment that implement each step in the above method can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler.
- the device for the wireless access network equipment includes a processing element and a storage element, and the processing element calls the storage The program stored by the component to execute the method executed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
- the storage element may be a storage element whose processing element is on the same chip, that is, an on-chip storage element.
- the program used to execute the method executed by the wireless access network device in the above method may be a storage element on a different chip from the processing element, that is, an off-chip storage element.
- the processing element calls or loads a program from the off-chip storage element on the on-chip storage element to call and execute the method executed by the radio access network device in the above method embodiment.
- the unit of the radio access network device that implements each step in the above method may be configured as one or more processing elements, and these processing elements are arranged on the modem subsystem, where the processing elements may be Integrated circuits, for example: one or more ASICs, or, one or more DSPs, or, one or more FPGAs, or a combination of these types of integrated circuits. These integrated circuits can be integrated together to form a chip.
- the units of the radio access network device that implement each step in the above method can be integrated together and implemented in the form of an SOC, and the SOC chip is used to implement the above method.
- At least one processing element and a storage element can be integrated in the chip, and the above method executed by the wireless access network device can be implemented by the processing element calling the stored program of the storage element; or, at least one integrated circuit can be integrated in the chip for The method implemented by the above wireless access network device is implemented; or, the above implementation manners can be combined.
- the functions of some units are implemented in the form of calling programs by processing elements, and the functions of some units are implemented in the form of integrated circuits.
- the above apparatus for wireless access network equipment may include at least one processing element and an interface circuit, wherein at least one processing element is used to execute any method performed by the wireless access network equipment provided in the above method embodiments.
- the processing element can execute part or all of the steps performed by the wireless access network device in the first way: calling the program stored in the storage element; or in the second way: through the integrated logic of the hardware in the processor element
- the circuit is combined with instructions to execute part or all of the steps executed by the terminal device; of course, part or all of the steps executed by the terminal device can also be executed by combining the first method and the second method.
- the processing element here is the same as that described above, and can be implemented by a processor, and the function of the processing element can be the same as the function of the processing unit described in FIG. 14.
- the processing element may be a general-purpose processor, such as a CPU, or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, such as: one or more ASICs, or, one or more microprocessors DSP , Or, one or more FPGAs, etc., or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms.
- the storage element may be realized by a memory, and the function of the storage element may be the same as the function of the storage unit described in FIG. 14.
- the storage element may be realized by a memory, and the function of the storage element may be the same as the function of the storage unit described in FIG. 14.
- the storage element can be one memory or a collective term for multiple memories.
- the wireless access network device shown in FIG. 15 can implement each of the wireless access network devices in the method embodiments illustrated in FIG. 6, FIG. 7A, FIG. 8, FIG. 9A, FIG. 10, FIG. 11A, FIG. 12, and FIG. 13A. process.
- the operations and/or functions of the various modules in the radio access network device shown in FIG. 15 are used to implement the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments.
- FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a CU-UPF network element provided by an embodiment of this application. It is used to implement the operation of the CU-UPF network element in the above embodiment.
- the CU-UPF network element includes: an antenna 1601, a radio frequency device 1602, and a baseband device 1603.
- the antenna 1601 is connected to the radio frequency device 1602.
- the radio frequency device 1602 receives the information sent by the wireless access network device through the antenna 1601, and sends the information sent by the wireless access network device to the baseband device 1603 for processing.
- the baseband device 1603 processes the information of the wireless access network equipment and sends it to the radio frequency device 1602.
- the radio frequency device 1602 processes the information of the radio access network equipment and sends it to the radio access network equipment via the antenna 1601.
- the baseband device 1603 may include one or more processing elements 16031, for example, a main control CPU and other integrated circuits.
- the baseband device 1603 may also include a storage element 16032 and an interface 16033.
- the storage element 16032 is used to store programs and data; the interface 16033 is used to exchange information with the radio frequency device 1602.
- the interface is, for example, a common public radio interface. , CPRI).
- the above device for the CU-UPF network element may be located in the baseband device 1603.
- the above device for the CU-UPF network element may be a chip on the baseband device 1603.
- the chip includes at least one processing element and an interface circuit.
- the element is used to perform the steps of any method performed by the above CU-UPF network element, and the interface circuit is used to communicate with other devices.
- the unit of the CU-UPF network element that implements each step in the above method can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler.
- the device used for the CU-UPF network element includes a processing element and a storage element, and the processing element calls the storage
- the program stored by the component is used to execute the method executed by the CU-UPF network element in the above method embodiment.
- the storage element may be a storage element with the processing element on the same chip, that is, an on-chip storage element, or a storage element on a different chip from the processing element, that is, an off-chip storage element.
- the unit of the CU-UPF network element that implements each step in the above method may be configured as one or more processing elements, and these processing elements are arranged on the baseband device, where the processing elements may be integrated circuits, For example: one or more ASICs, or, one or more DSPs, or, one or more FPGAs, or a combination of these types of integrated circuits. These integrated circuits can be integrated together to form a chip.
- the units of the CU-UPF network element that implement the steps in the above method can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
- the baseband device includes the SOC chip to implement the above method .
- At least one processing element and storage element can be integrated in the chip, and the above CU-UPF network element execution method can be implemented by the processing element calling the stored program of the storage element; or, at least one integrated circuit can be integrated in the chip for The method for implementing the above CU-UPF network element is implemented; or, the above implementation manners can be combined.
- the functions of some units are implemented in the form of processing element calling programs, and the functions of some units are implemented in the form of integrated circuits.
- the above apparatus for a CU-UPF network element may include at least one processing element and an interface circuit, wherein at least one processing element is used to execute any of the methods performed by the CU-UPF network element provided in the above method embodiments.
- the processing element can execute part or all of the steps executed by the CU-UPF network element in the first way: calling the program stored in the storage element; or in the second way: through the integrated logic of the hardware in the processor element
- the circuit combined with instructions executes some or all of the steps performed by the CU-UPF network element; of course, it is also possible to combine the first method and the second method to execute some or all of the steps performed by the CU-UPF network element.
- the processing element here is the same as that described above, and can be implemented by a processor, and the function of the processing element can be the same as the function of the processing unit described in FIG. 14.
- the processing element may be a general-purpose processor, such as a CPU, or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, such as: one or more ASICs, or, one or more microprocessors DSP , Or, one or more FPGAs, etc., or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms.
- the storage element may be realized by a memory, and the function of the storage element may be the same as the function of the storage unit described in FIG. 14.
- the storage element may be realized by a memory, and the function of the storage element may be the same as the function of the storage unit described in FIG. 14.
- the storage element can be one memory or a collective term for multiple memories.
- the CU-UPF network element shown in FIG. 16 can implement each process involving the CU-UPF network element in the foregoing method embodiment.
- the operations and/or functions of the various modules in the CU-UPF network element shown in FIG. 16 are used to implement the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments.
- this application can be provided as a method, a system, or a computer program product. Therefore, this application may adopt the form of a complete hardware embodiment, a complete software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware. Moreover, this application may adopt the form of a computer program product implemented on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) containing computer-usable program codes.
- a computer-usable storage media including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.
- These computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer-readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing equipment to work in a specific manner, so that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture including the instruction device.
- the device implements the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
- These computer program instructions can also be loaded on a computer or other programmable data processing equipment, so that a series of operation steps are executed on the computer or other programmable equipment to produce computer-implemented processing, so as to execute on the computer or other programmable equipment.
- the instructions provide steps for implementing functions specified in a flow or multiple flows in the flowchart and/or a block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Description
相关申请的交叉引用Cross-references to related applications
本申请要求在2020年05月27日提交中国专利局、申请号为202010460755.5、申请名称为“一种通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office, the application number is 202010460755.5, and the application name is "a communication method and device" on May 27, 2020, the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference.
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a communication method and device.
在第三代合作伙伴计划(3 rd generation partnership project,3GPP)完成的第五代移动通信技术(the 5 th generation,5G)新无线(new radio,NR)系统中,提出了一种网络架构。在该网络架构下,接入网的功能被划分为集中式单元(central unit,CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)两个单元。其中,CU的功能又进一步被划分为控制面实体(CU-CP,central unit-control plane)和用户面实体(CU-UP,central unit-user plane)。目前,整个接入网中可包括一个CU-CP和多个CU-UP。 In the fifth generation mobile communication technology (the 5 th generation, 5G) new radio (NR) system completed by the 3 rd generation partnership project (3 rd generation partnership project, 3GPP), a network architecture is proposed. Under this network architecture, the functions of the access network are divided into two units: a centralized unit (CU) and a distributed unit (DU). Among them, the function of the CU is further divided into a control plane entity (CU-CP, central unit-control plane) and a user plane entity (CU-UP, central unit-user plane). At present, the entire access network may include one CU-CP and multiple CU-UPs.
目前,CU通常与下沉的用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)网元部署在同一个物理机房中,出于减少数据面传输跳数,节约成本以及将数据面安全节点均设在核心网中等考虑,最终很有可能会将UPF网元和CU-UP合设为一个网元,即将CU-UP跟下沉的UPF网元合设,记为CU-UPF网元,该CU-UPF网元由会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)网元进行统一的调度管理。在这种合设架构下,当终端设备所接入的接入网设备发生切换时,会导致重建F1用户面接口,因重建F1用户面接口就需要重新生成F1接口的用户面上下文,而F1接口的用户面上下文的生成过程需要核心网网元参与,导致信令流程过长,无法满足终端切换的时延需求。At present, the CU is usually deployed in the same physical computer room as the sinking user plane function (UPF) network element. In order to reduce the number of data plane transmission hops, save costs, and set the data plane security nodes in the core network Considering moderately, it is very likely that the UPF network element and the CU-UP will be combined as one network element in the end, that is, the CU-UP and the sinking UPF network element will be combined and recorded as the CU-UPF network element. The CU-UPF network The element is uniformly scheduled and managed by the session management function (SMF) network element. In this joint architecture, when the access network device connected to the terminal device is switched, it will cause the F1 user plane interface to be rebuilt. Because the F1 user plane interface needs to be regenerated, the user plane context of the F1 interface needs to be regenerated, and F1 The generation process of the user plane context of the interface requires the participation of the core network element, which causes the signaling process to be too long and cannot meet the delay requirements of terminal handover.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种通信方法及装置,用以改善因F1用户面接口重建所造成的业务时延大和信令开销大的问题。The present application provides a communication method and device to improve the problem of large service delay and large signaling overhead caused by F1 user plane interface reconstruction.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法适用的场景为终端设备在同一个RAN的CU服务的范围内从RAN的源DU切换至RAN的目标DU,该方法适用的网络架构中RAN的CU和DU分离,且UPF网元和CU-UP合设为一个网元。该方法可以由CU-CP执行或CU-CP的内部芯片执行,该方法包括:CU-CP接收来自核心网网元的控制端口信息,控制端口信息所指示的控制端口与PDU会话对应,且为CU-UPF网元的控制端口。当终端设备从无线接入网设备的源DU切换至无线接入网设备的目标DU时,CU-CP从目标DU获取用于建立第一F1用户面连接的所述目标DU的下行隧道信息,CU-CP通过该控制端口信息所指示的控制端口向CU-UPF网元发送下行隧道信息,从而CU-UPF网元根据下行隧道信息和CU-UPF网元的下行隧道信息,建立第一F1用户面连接,即建立目 标DU与所述CU-UPF网元之间的下行用户面连接。In the first aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method. The applicable scenario of the method is that the terminal device switches from the source DU of the RAN to the target DU of the RAN within the service range of the CU of the same RAN. The network architecture to which the method is applicable The CU and DU of the middle RAN are separated, and the UPF network element and CU-UP are combined as one network element. The method can be executed by the CU-CP or the internal chip of the CU-CP. The method includes: the CU-CP receives control port information from the core network element, and the control port indicated by the control port information corresponds to the PDU session, and is The control port of the CU-UPF network element. When the terminal device switches from the source DU of the radio access network device to the target DU of the radio access network device, the CU-CP obtains the downlink tunnel information of the target DU used to establish the first F1 user plane connection from the target DU, The CU-CP sends downlink tunnel information to the CU-UPF network element through the control port indicated by the control port information, so that the CU-UPF network element establishes the first F1 user according to the downlink tunnel information and the downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element The plane connection is to establish a downlink user plane connection between the target DU and the CU-UPF network element.
本申请实施例中,在终端设备所接入的RAN的DU发生切换时,CU-CP可以基于预先从核心网网元获取的控制端口与CU-UPF网元通信,CU-UPF网元可以基于控制端口从CU-UP获取的目标DU的下行隧道信息,从而完成终端设备切换后接入的目标DU和CU-UPF网元之间的用户面上下文的更新,这样可以避免执行目标DU和CU-UPF网元之间的F1用户面接口的重建,从而可以降低切换时延,改善因F1接口重建所造成的业务时延大和信令开销大的问题。In the embodiment of this application, when the DU of the RAN accessed by the terminal device is switched, the CU-CP can communicate with the CU-UPF network element based on the control port obtained in advance from the core network element, and the CU-UPF network element can be based on The control port obtains the downlink tunnel information of the target DU from the CU-UP, so as to complete the update of the user plane context between the target DU accessed by the terminal device and the CU-UPF network element after the terminal device is switched, so as to avoid the execution of the target DU and CU- The reconstruction of the F1 user plane interface between UPF network elements can reduce the handover delay and improve the problems of large service delay and high signaling overhead caused by the reconstruction of the F1 interface.
在一种可能的设计中,上述方法还可以包括:CU-CP通过控制端口从CU-UPF网元获取CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息,CU-CP向目标DU发送该CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息,目标DU根据该CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息和目标DU的上行隧道信息,建立目标DU和CU-UPF网元之间的上行用户面连接,以便于目标DU通过该上行用户面连接接收来自终端设备的上行数据。In a possible design, the above method may further include: the CU-CP obtains the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element from the CU-UPF network element through the control port, and the CU-CP sends the CU-UPF network element to the target DU According to the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element and the uplink tunnel information of the target DU, the target DU establishes an uplink user plane connection between the target DU and the CU-UPF network element, so that the target DU can pass the uplink The user plane connection receives the uplink data from the terminal equipment.
在一种可能的实现中,上述方法还可以包括:CU-CP通过控制端口还向CU-UPF网元发送验证信息,CU-UPF网元根据该验证信息确定CU-CP是否有获取上行隧道信息的权限,当CU-UPF网元确定CU-CP有获取上行隧道信息的权限时,则向CU-UPF网元发送CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息,否则的话,则不发送。In a possible implementation, the above method may further include: the CU-CP also sends verification information to the CU-UPF network element through the control port, and the CU-UPF network element determines whether the CU-CP has obtained uplink tunnel information according to the verification information. When the CU-UPF network element determines that the CU-CP has the authority to obtain the uplink tunnel information, it sends the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element to the CU-UPF network element, otherwise, it does not send it.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法适用的场景为终端设备在同一个RAN的CU服务的范围内从RAN的源DU切换至RAN的目标DU,该方法适用的网络架构中RAN的CU和DU分离,且UPF网元和CU-UP合设为一个网元。该方法可以由CU-UPF网元执行或CU-UPF网元的内部芯片执行,该方法包括:当终端设备从无线接入网设备的源DU切换至无线接入网设备的目标DU时,CU-UPF网元通过控制端口接收来自无线接入网设备的CU-CP的第二消息,该控制端口信息所指示的控制端口与PDU会话对应,且为CU-UPF网元的控制端口,因第二消息中包括目标DU的下行隧道信息,所以CU-UPF网元根据下行隧道信息和CU-UPF网元的下行隧道信息,建立第一F1用户面连接。In the second aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method. The applicable scenario of the method is that the terminal device switches from the source DU of the RAN to the target DU of the RAN within the range of the CU service of the same RAN. The network architecture to which the method is applicable The CU and DU of the middle RAN are separated, and the UPF network element and CU-UP are combined as one network element. The method can be executed by the CU-UPF network element or the internal chip of the CU-UPF network element. The method includes: when the terminal device switches from the source DU of the wireless access network device to the target DU of the wireless access network device, the CU -The UPF network element receives the second message from the CU-CP of the wireless access network device through the control port. The control port indicated by the control port information corresponds to the PDU session and is the control port of the CU-UPF network element. The second message includes the downlink tunnel information of the target DU, so the CU-UPF network element establishes the first F1 user plane connection according to the downlink tunnel information and the downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element.
在一种可能的设计中,CU-UPF网元通过控制端口接收来自CU-CP的请求消息,因请求消息用于请求CU-UPF网元与所述源DU之间的第二F1用户面连接的上行隧道信息;CU-UPF网元通过所述控制端口向所述CU-CP发送所述上行隧道信息,该上行隧道信息用于目标DU和CU-UPF网元之间的上行用户面连接的建立,以便于目标DU通过该上行用户面连接接收来自终端设备的上行数据。In a possible design, the CU-UPF network element receives the request message from the CU-CP through the control port, because the request message is used to request the second F1 user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the source DU The uplink tunnel information; the CU-UPF network element sends the uplink tunnel information to the CU-CP through the control port, and the uplink tunnel information is used for the uplink user plane connection between the target DU and the CU-UPF network element Established so that the target DU can receive the uplink data from the terminal device through the uplink user plane connection.
在一种可能的设计中,CU-UPF网元通过控制端口接收来自CU-CP的验证信息,CU-UPF网元根据该验证信息确定CU-CP是否有获取上行隧道信息的权限,当CU-UPF网元确定CU-CP有获取上行隧道信息的权限时,则向CU-UPF网元发送CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息,否则的话,则不发送。In a possible design, the CU-UPF network element receives the verification information from the CU-CP through the control port, and the CU-UPF network element determines whether the CU-CP has the authority to obtain the uplink tunnel information according to the verification information. When the UPF network element determines that the CU-CP has the authority to obtain the upstream tunnel information, it sends the upstream tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element to the CU-UPF network element, otherwise, it does not send it.
在一种可能的设计中,CU-UPF网元将目标DU的下行隧道信息,以及CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息和下行隧道信息,发送至核心网网元,以便于核心网网元及时更新上下文信息。In a possible design, the CU-UPF network element sends the downlink tunnel information of the target DU, and the uplink tunnel information and downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element to the core network element, so that the core network element can be timely Update context information.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法适用的场景为终端设备在同一个RAN的CU服务的范围内从RAN的源DU切换至RAN的目标DU,该方法适用的网络架 构中RAN的CU和DU分离,且UPF网元和CU-UP合设为一个网元。该方法可以由目标DU网元执行或目标DU的内部芯片执行,该方法包括:无线接入网设备的目标DU通过无线接入网设备的CU-CP接收来自核心网网元的第一信息,当终端设备从无线接入网设备的源DU切换至所述目标DU时,目标DU根据第一信息,向CU-UPF网元发送携带有目标DU的下行隧道信息的用户面数据包,该下行隧道信息用于目标DU与所述CU-UPF网元之间的下行用户面连接的建立。In the third aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method. The applicable scenario of the method is that the terminal device switches from the source DU of the RAN to the target DU of the RAN within the range of the CU service of the same RAN. The network architecture to which the method is applicable The CU and DU of the middle RAN are separated, and the UPF network element and CU-UP are combined as one network element. The method may be executed by the target DU network element or the internal chip of the target DU. The method includes: the target DU of the radio access network device receives the first information from the core network element through the CU-CP of the radio access network device, When the terminal device switches from the source DU of the radio access network device to the target DU, the target DU sends a user plane data packet carrying the downlink tunnel information of the target DU to the CU-UPF network element according to the first information. The tunnel information is used to establish a downlink user plane connection between the target DU and the CU-UPF network element.
本申请实施例中,在终端设备所接入的RAN的DU发生切换时,CU-CP可以授权终端设备需要切换接入的目标DU的用户面数据包具有发送控制面数据的权限,从而可以利用用户面数据包向CU-UPF网元发送下行隧道信息,从而完成终端设备切换后接入的目标DU和CU-UPF网元之间的用户面上下文的更新,这样可以避免执行目标DU和CU-UPF网元之间的F1用户面上下文的重建,从而可以降低切换时延,改善因F1接口重建所造成的业务时延大和信令开销大的问题。In the embodiment of the present application, when the DU of the RAN accessed by the terminal device is switched, the CU-CP can authorize the user plane data packet of the target DU that the terminal device needs to switch to have the authority to send control plane data, so that it can use The user plane data packet sends the downlink tunnel information to the CU-UPF network element to complete the update of the user plane context between the target DU and the CU-UPF network element accessed after the terminal device is switched, so as to avoid the execution of the target DU and CU- The reconstruction of the F1 user plane context between UPF network elements can reduce the handover delay and improve the problems of large service delay and high signaling overhead caused by the reconstruction of the F1 interface.
在一种可能的设计中,上述方法还可以包括:目标DU通过CU-CP从CU-UPF网元获取CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息,目标DU根据该CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息和目标DU的上行隧道信息,建立目标DU和CU-UPF网元之间的上行用户面连接,以便于目标DU通过该上行用户面连接接收来自终端设备的上行数据。In a possible design, the foregoing method may further include: the target DU obtains the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element from the CU-UPF network element through the CU-CP, and the target DU obtains the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element according to the CU-UPF network element. With the uplink tunnel information of the target DU, an uplink user plane connection between the target DU and the CU-UPF network element is established, so that the target DU can receive uplink data from the terminal device through the uplink user plane connection.
在一种可能的实现中,上述方法还可以包括:目标DU还可以通过用户面数据包向CU-UPF网元发送验证信息,CU-UPF网元根据该验证信息确定目标DU是否有获取上行隧道信息的权限,当CU-UPF网元确定目标DU有获取上行隧道信息的权限时,则向目标DU发送CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息,否则的话,则不发送。In a possible implementation, the above method may further include: the target DU may also send verification information to the CU-UPF network element through a user plane data packet, and the CU-UPF network element determines whether the target DU has obtained the uplink tunnel according to the verification information Information authority. When the CU-UPF network element determines that the target DU has the authority to obtain the upstream tunnel information, it sends the upstream tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element to the target DU; otherwise, it does not send it.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法适用的场景为终端设备在同一个RAN的CU服务的范围内从RAN的源DU切换至RAN的目标DU,该方法适用的网络架构中RAN的CU和DU分离,且UPF网元和CU-UP合设为一个网元。该方法可以由CU-UPF网元执行或CU-UPF网元的内部芯片执行,该方法包括:当终端设备从无线接入网设备的源DU切换至所述目标DU时,CU-UPF网元接收来自目标DU的用户面数据包,因用户面数据包携带有目标DU的下行隧道信息,所以CU-UPF网元根据下行隧道信息和所述CU-UPF网元的下行隧道信息建立第一F1用户面连接,即建立第一F1用户面连接为目标DU与CU-UPF网元之间的下行用户面连接。In a fourth aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method. The applicable scenario of the method is that the terminal device switches from the source DU of the RAN to the target DU of the RAN within the service range of the CU of the same RAN. The network architecture to which the method is applicable The CU and DU of the middle RAN are separated, and the UPF network element and CU-UP are combined as one network element. The method can be executed by the CU-UPF network element or the internal chip of the CU-UPF network element. The method includes: when the terminal device switches from the source DU of the wireless access network device to the target DU, the CU-UPF network element Receive the user plane data packet from the target DU. Because the user plane data packet carries the downlink tunnel information of the target DU, the CU-UPF network element establishes the first F1 according to the downlink tunnel information and the downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element User plane connection, that is, establishing the first F1 user plane connection as a downlink user plane connection between the target DU and the CU-UPF network element.
本申请实施例中,在终端设备所接入的RAN的DU发生切换时,CU-CP可以授权终端设备需要切换接入的目标DU的用户面数据包具有发送控制面数据的权限,从而可以利用用户面数据包向CU-UPF网元发送下行隧道信息,从而完成终端设备切换后接入的目标DU和CU-UPF网元之间的用户面上下文的更新,这样可以避免执行目标DU和CU-UPF网元之间的F1用户面上下文的重建,从而可以降低切换时延,改善因F1接口重建所造成的业务时延大和信令开销大的问题。In the embodiment of the present application, when the DU of the RAN accessed by the terminal device is switched, the CU-CP can authorize the user plane data packet of the target DU that the terminal device needs to switch to have the authority to send control plane data, so that it can use The user plane data packet sends the downlink tunnel information to the CU-UPF network element to complete the update of the user plane context between the target DU and the CU-UPF network element accessed after the terminal device is switched, so as to avoid the execution of the target DU and CU- The reconstruction of the F1 user plane context between UPF network elements can reduce the handover delay and improve the problems of large service delay and high signaling overhead caused by the reconstruction of the F1 interface.
在一种可能的设计中,上述方法还包括:CU-UPF网元还通过CU-CP向目标DU发送上行隧道信息,目标DU根据该CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息和目标DU的上行隧道信息,建立目标DU和CU-UPF网元之间的上行用户面连接,以便于目标DU通过该上行用户面连接接收来自终端设备的上行数据。In a possible design, the above method further includes: the CU-UPF network element also sends uplink tunnel information to the target DU through the CU-CP, and the target DU according to the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element and the uplink tunnel of the target DU Information, establish an uplink user plane connection between the target DU and the CU-UPF network element, so that the target DU can receive uplink data from the terminal device through the uplink user plane connection.
在一种可能的实现中,上述方法还可以包括:目标DU还可以通过用户面数据包向 CU-UPF网元发送验证信息,CU-UPF网元根据该验证信息确定目标DU是否有获取上行隧道信息的权限,当CU-UPF网元确定目标DU有获取上行隧道信息的权限时,则向目标DU发送CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息,否则的话,则不发送。In a possible implementation, the above method may further include: the target DU may also send verification information to the CU-UPF network element through a user plane data packet, and the CU-UPF network element determines whether the target DU has obtained the uplink tunnel according to the verification information Information authority. When the CU-UPF network element determines that the target DU has the authority to obtain the upstream tunnel information, it sends the upstream tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element to the target DU; otherwise, it does not send it.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法适用的场景为终端设备在不同的RAN服务的范围内从源RAN的源DU切换至目标RAN的目标DU,该方法适用的网络架构中RAN的CU和DU分离,且UPF网元和CU-UP合设为一个网元。该方法可以由目标CU-CP执行或目标CU-CP的内部芯片执行,该方法包括:目标无线接入网设备的目标控制面实体CU-CP通过源无线接入网设备的源CU-CP接收来自核心网网元的控制端口信息,控制端口信息所指示的控制端口与协议数据单元PDU会话对应,且为CU-UPF网元的控制端口,当终端设备从源无线接入网设备的源DU切换至目标无线接入网设备的目标DU时,目标CU-CP从目标DU获取用于建立第一F1用户面连接的目标DU的下行隧道信息;其中,第一F1用户面连接为目标DU与CU-UPF网元之间的下行用户面连接;目标CU-CP通过控制端口向CU-UPF网元发送下行隧道信息,以便于CU-UPF网元建立第一F1用户面连接。In a fifth aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method. The applicable scenario of the method is that the terminal device switches from the source DU of the source RAN to the target DU of the target RAN within the scope of different RAN services. The network architecture to which the method is applicable The CU and DU of the middle RAN are separated, and the UPF network element and CU-UP are combined as one network element. The method can be executed by the target CU-CP or the internal chip of the target CU-CP. The method includes: the target control plane entity CU-CP of the target radio access network device receives through the source CU-CP of the source radio access network device The control port information from the core network element, the control port indicated by the control port information corresponds to the protocol data unit PDU session, and is the control port of the CU-UPF network element, when the terminal device accesses the source DU of the network device from the source wireless When switching to the target DU of the target radio access network device, the target CU-CP obtains from the target DU the downlink tunnel information of the target DU used to establish the first F1 user plane connection; where the first F1 user plane connection is the target DU and Downlink user plane connection between CU-UPF network elements; the target CU-CP sends downlink tunnel information to the CU-UPF network element through the control port, so that the CU-UPF network element can establish the first F1 user plane connection.
本申请实施例中,在终端设备在不同RAN服务的范围内从源RAN的源DU切换至目标RAN的目标DU,目标RAN的目标CU-CP可以基于预先从核心网网元获取的控制端口与CU-UPF网元通信,CU-UPF网元可以基于控制端口从目标CU-UP获取的目标DU的下行隧道信息,从而完成终端设备切换后接入的目标DU和CU-UPF网元之间的下行用户面连接的建立,这样可以避免执行目标DU和CU-UPF网元之间的F1用户面接口的重建,从而可以降低切换时延,改善因F1接口重建所造成的业务时延大和信令开销大的问题。In the embodiment of this application, the terminal device switches from the source DU of the source RAN to the target DU of the target RAN within the range of different RAN services. The target CU-CP of the target RAN may be based on the control port and the control port obtained from the core network element in advance. CU-UPF network element communication, the CU-UPF network element can obtain the downlink tunnel information of the target DU from the target CU-UP based on the control port, so as to complete the connection between the target DU connected to the CU-UPF network element after the terminal device is switched The establishment of the downlink user plane connection can avoid the implementation of the F1 user plane interface reconstruction between the target DU and the CU-UPF network element, thereby reducing the handover delay and improving the service delay and signaling caused by the F1 interface reconstruction The problem of high overhead.
在一种可能的实现中,上述方法还可以包括:目标RAN的目标CU-CP通过控制端口从CU-UPF网元获取CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息,目标CU-CP向目标DU发送该CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息,目标DU根据该CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息和目标DU的上行隧道信息,建立目标DU和CU-UPF网元之间的上行用户面连接,以便于目标DU通过该上行用户面连接接收来自终端设备的上行数据。In a possible implementation, the above method may further include: the target CU-CP of the target RAN obtains the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element from the CU-UPF network element through the control port, and the target CU-CP sends the information to the target DU. The uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element, the target DU establishes the uplink user plane connection between the target DU and the CU-UPF network element according to the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element and the uplink tunnel information of the target DU, so as to facilitate The target DU receives the uplink data from the terminal device through the uplink user plane connection.
在一种可能的实现中,上述方法还可以包括:目标CU-CP通过控制端口还向CU-UPF网元发送验证信息,CU-UPF网元根据该验证信息确定目标CU-CP是否有获取上行隧道信息的权限,当CU-UPF网元确定目标CU-CP有获取上行隧道信息的权限时,则向CU-UPF网元向目标CU-CP发送CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息,否则的话,则不发送。In a possible implementation, the above method may further include: the target CU-CP also sends verification information to the CU-UPF network element through the control port, and the CU-UPF network element determines whether the target CU-CP has acquired the uplink according to the verification information. Tunnel information authority. When the CU-UPF network element determines that the target CU-CP has the authority to obtain uplink tunnel information, it sends the CU-UPF network element's upstream tunnel information to the CU-UPF network element to the target CU-CP, otherwise , It will not be sent.
在一种可能的实现中,目标CU-CP更新终端设备的上下文信息,目标CU-CP将更新后的所述终端设备的上下文信息发送至核心网网元,终端设备的上下文信息包括为终端设备服务的目标无线接入网设备的信息,以便于核心网网元及时更新终端设备的上下文信息。In a possible implementation, the target CU-CP updates the context information of the terminal device, the target CU-CP sends the updated context information of the terminal device to the core network element, and the context information of the terminal device includes the terminal device The information of the target radio access network device of the service, so that the core network element can update the context information of the terminal device in time.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法适用的场景为终端设备在不同的RAN服务的范围内从源RAN的源DU切换至目标RAN的目标DU,该方法适用的网络架构中RAN的CU和DU分离,且UPF网元和CU-UP合设为一个网元。该方法可以由CU-UPF网元执行或CU-UPF网元的内部芯片执行,该方法包括:当终端设备从源无线接入网设备的源DU切换至目标接入网设备的目标DU时,CU-UPF网元通过控制端口接收来自目标无线接入网设备的目标CU-CP的第二消息;其中,第二消息中包括目标DU的下行隧道信 息,控制端口为核心网网元为所述CU-UPF网元分配的,且与协议数据单元PDU会话对应的CU-UPF网元的控制端口;CU-UPF网元根据目标DU的下行隧道信息和CU_UPF网元的下行隧道信息,建立所述第一F1用户面连接,即建立目标DU与CU-UPF网元之间的下行用户面连接。In a sixth aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method. The applicable scenario of the method is that the terminal device switches from the source DU of the source RAN to the target DU of the target RAN within the scope of different RAN services. The network architecture to which the method is applicable The CU and DU of the middle RAN are separated, and the UPF network element and CU-UP are combined as one network element. The method can be executed by the CU-UPF network element or the internal chip of the CU-UPF network element. The method includes: when the terminal device switches from the source DU of the source wireless access network device to the target DU of the target access network device, The CU-UPF network element receives the second message from the target CU-CP of the target radio access network device through the control port; wherein the second message includes the downlink tunnel information of the target DU, and the control port is the core network element. The control port of the CU-UPF network element assigned by the CU-UPF network element and corresponding to the PDU session of the protocol data unit; the CU-UPF network element establishes the control port according to the downlink tunnel information of the target DU and the downlink tunnel information of the CU_UPF network element The first F1 user plane connection is to establish a downlink user plane connection between the target DU and the CU-UPF network element.
本申请实施例中,在终端设备在不同RAN服务的范围内从源RAN的源DU切换至目标RAN的目标DU,目标RAN的目标CU-CP可以基于预先从核心网网元获取的控制端口与CU-UPF网元通信,CU-UPF网元可以基于控制端口从目标CU-UP获取的目标DU的下行隧道信息,从而完成终端设备切换后接入的目标DU和CU-UPF网元之间的下行用户面连接的建立,这样可以避免执行目标DU和CU-UPF网元之间的F1用户面接口的重建,从而可以降低切换时延,改善因F1接口重建所造成的业务时延大和信令开销大的问题。In the embodiment of this application, the terminal device switches from the source DU of the source RAN to the target DU of the target RAN within the range of different RAN services. The target CU-CP of the target RAN may be based on the control port and the control port obtained from the core network element in advance. CU-UPF network element communication, the CU-UPF network element can obtain the downlink tunnel information of the target DU from the target CU-UP based on the control port, so as to complete the connection between the target DU connected to the CU-UPF network element after the terminal device is switched The establishment of the downlink user plane connection can avoid the implementation of the F1 user plane interface reconstruction between the target DU and the CU-UPF network element, thereby reducing the handover delay and improving the service delay and signaling caused by the F1 interface reconstruction The problem of high overhead.
在一种可能的实现中,上述方法还可以包括:CU-UPF网元还通过控制端口接收来自CU-CP的请求消息,请求消息用于请求上行隧道信息,上行隧道信息为CU-UPF网元与源DU之间的第二F1用户面连接的上行隧道信息;CU-UPF网元通过控制端口向目标CU-CP发送上行隧道信息,该上行隧道信息用于目标DU和CU-UPF网元之间的上行用户面连接的建立;以便于目标DU通过该上行用户面连接接收来自终端设备的上行数据。In a possible implementation, the above method may further include: the CU-UPF network element further receives a request message from the CU-CP through the control port, the request message is used to request uplink tunnel information, and the uplink tunnel information is the CU-UPF network element The uplink tunnel information of the second F1 user plane connection with the source DU; the CU-UPF network element sends the uplink tunnel information to the target CU-CP through the control port, and the uplink tunnel information is used between the target DU and the CU-UPF network element The establishment of an uplink user plane connection between the two; so that the target DU can receive uplink data from the terminal device through the uplink user plane connection.
在一种可能的实现中,上述方法还可以包括:目标CU-CP通过控制端口还向CU-UPF网元发送验证信息,CU-UPF网元根据该验证信息确定目标CU-CP是否有获取上行隧道信息的权限,当CU-UPF网元确定目标CU-CP有获取上行隧道信息的权限时,则向CU-UPF网元向目标CU-CP发送CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息,否则的话,则不发送。In a possible implementation, the above method may further include: the target CU-CP also sends verification information to the CU-UPF network element through the control port, and the CU-UPF network element determines whether the target CU-CP has acquired the uplink according to the verification information. Tunnel information authority. When the CU-UPF network element determines that the target CU-CP has the authority to obtain uplink tunnel information, it sends the CU-UPF network element's upstream tunnel information to the CU-UPF network element to the target CU-CP, otherwise , It will not be sent.
在一种可能的实现中,目标CU-CP更新终端设备的上下文信息,目标CU-CP将更新后的所述终端设备的上下文信息发送至核心网网元,终端设备的上下文信息包括为终端设备服务的目标无线接入网设备的信息,以便于核心网网元及时更新终端设备的上下文信息。In a possible implementation, the target CU-CP updates the context information of the terminal device, the target CU-CP sends the updated context information of the terminal device to the core network element, and the context information of the terminal device includes the terminal device The information of the target radio access network device of the service, so that the core network element can update the context information of the terminal device in time.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法适用的场景为终端设备在不同的RAN服务的范围内从源RAN的源DU切换至目标RAN的目标DU,该方法适用的网络架构中RAN的CU和DU分离,且UPF网元和CU-UP合设为一个网元。该方法可以由目标DU网元执行或目标DU的内部芯片执行,该方法包括:目标无线接入网设备的目标DU通过目标无线接入网设备的目标CU-CP从源无线接入网设备的源CU-CP接收第一信息;当终端设备从源无线接入网设备的源DU切换至连接目标DU时,目标DU根据第一信息,向CU-UPF网元发送携带有目标DU的下行隧道信息的用户面数据包,下行隧道信息用于目标DU与CU-UPF网元之间的下行用户面连接的建立。In the seventh aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method. The applicable scenario of the method is that the terminal device switches from the source DU of the source RAN to the target DU of the target RAN within the range of different RAN services. The network architecture to which the method is applicable The CU and DU of the middle RAN are separated, and the UPF network element and CU-UP are combined as one network element. The method can be executed by the target DU network element or the internal chip of the target DU. The method includes: the target DU of the target radio access network device obtains data from the source radio access network device through the target CU-CP of the target radio access network device. The source CU-CP receives the first information; when the terminal device switches from the source DU of the source wireless access network device to the connected target DU, the target DU sends the downlink tunnel carrying the target DU to the CU-UPF network element according to the first information The user plane data packet of the information, and the downlink tunnel information is used to establish a downlink user plane connection between the target DU and the CU-UPF network element.
本申请实施例中,在终端设备所接入的RAN的DU发生切换时,目标CU-CP可以授权终端设备需要切换接入的目标DU的用户面数据包具有发送控制面数据的权限,从而可以利用用户面数据包向CU-UPF网元发送下行隧道信息,从而完成终端设备切换后接入的目标DU和CU-UPF网元之间的用户面上下文的更新,这样可以避免执行目标DU和CU-UPF网元之间的F1用户面上下文的重建,从而可以降低切换时延,改善因F1接口重建所造成的业务时延大和信令开销大的问题。In the embodiment of the present application, when the DU of the RAN accessed by the terminal device is switched, the target CU-CP can authorize the user plane data packet of the target DU that the terminal device needs to switch to have the authority to send control plane data, so that Use user plane data packets to send downlink tunnel information to the CU-UPF network element, thereby completing the update of the user plane context between the target DU and CU-UPF network element accessed after the terminal device is switched, so as to avoid executing the target DU and CU -The F1 user plane context reconstruction between UPF network elements can reduce the handover delay and improve the problem of large service delay and high signaling overhead caused by F1 interface reconstruction.
在一种可能的设计中,目标DU通过目标CU-CP从源CU-CP获取上行隧道信息,其中,上行隧道信息为CU-UPF网元与源DU之间的第二F1用户面连接的上行隧道信息;目标DU根据上行隧道信息和目标DU的上行隧道信息,建立目标DU和所述CU-UPF网 元之间的上行用户面连接;以便于目标DU通过该上行用户面连接接收来自终端设备的上行数据。In a possible design, the target DU obtains uplink tunnel information from the source CU-CP through the target CU-CP, where the uplink tunnel information is the uplink of the second F1 user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the source DU Tunnel information; the target DU establishes an uplink user plane connection between the target DU and the CU-UPF network element according to the uplink tunnel information and the uplink tunnel information of the target DU; so that the target DU receives from the terminal device through the uplink user plane connection Upstream data.
在一种可能的实现中,上述方法还可以包括:目标DU还可以通过用户面数据包向CU-UPF网元发送验证信息,CU-UPF网元根据该验证信息确定目标DU是否有获取上行隧道信息的权限,当CU-UPF网元确定目标DU有获取上行隧道信息的权限时,则向目标DU发送CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息,否则的话,则不发送。In a possible implementation, the above method may further include: the target DU may also send verification information to the CU-UPF network element through a user plane data packet, and the CU-UPF network element determines whether the target DU has obtained the uplink tunnel according to the verification information Information authority. When the CU-UPF network element determines that the target DU has the authority to obtain the upstream tunnel information, it sends the upstream tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element to the target DU; otherwise, it does not send it.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法适用的场景为终端设备在不同的RAN服务的范围内从源RAN的源DU切换至目标RAN的目标DU,该方法适用的网络架构中RAN的CU和DU分离,且UPF网元和CU-UP合设为一个网元。该方法可以由CU-UPF网元执行或CU-UPF网元的内部芯片执行,该方法包括:当终端设备从源无线接入网设备的源DU切换至目标无线接入网设备的目标DU时,CU-UPF网元接收来自目标无线接入网设备的目标DU的用户面数据包,用户面数据包携带有目标DU的下行隧道信息,CU-UPF网元由与目标无线接入网设备的集中式单元CU对应的用户面实体CU-UP和用户面功能UPF网元组成;CU-UPF网元根据下行隧道信息和CU-UPF网元的下行隧道信息建立第一F1用户面连接,即建立目标DU与CU-UPF网元之间的下行用户面连接。In an eighth aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method. The applicable scenario of the method is that the terminal device switches from the source DU of the source RAN to the target DU of the target RAN within the range of different RAN services. The network architecture to which the method is applicable The CU and DU of the middle RAN are separated, and the UPF network element and CU-UP are combined as one network element. The method can be executed by the CU-UPF network element or the internal chip of the CU-UPF network element. The method includes: when the terminal device switches from the source DU of the source wireless access network device to the target DU of the target wireless access network device The CU-UPF network element receives the user plane data packet of the target DU from the target radio access network device. The user plane data packet carries the downlink tunnel information of the target DU. The CU-UPF network element is connected to the target radio access network device. The user plane entity CU-UP corresponding to the centralized unit CU and the user plane function UPF network element are composed; the CU-UPF network element establishes the first F1 user plane connection according to the downlink tunnel information and the downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element, that is, the establishment Downlink user plane connection between the target DU and the CU-UPF network element.
本申请实施例中,在终端设备所接入的RAN的DU发生切换时,目标CU-CP可以授权终端设备需要切换接入的目标DU的用户面数据包具有发送控制面数据的权限,从而可以利用用户面数据包向CU-UPF网元发送下行隧道信息,从而完成终端设备切换后接入的目标DU和CU-UPF网元之间的用户面上下文的更新,这样可以避免执行目标DU和CU-UPF网元之间的F1用户面上下文的重建,从而可以降低切换时延,改善因F1接口重建所造成的业务时延大和信令开销大的问题。In the embodiment of the present application, when the DU of the RAN accessed by the terminal device is switched, the target CU-CP can authorize the user plane data packet of the target DU that the terminal device needs to switch to have the authority to send control plane data, so that Use user plane data packets to send downlink tunnel information to the CU-UPF network element, thereby completing the update of the user plane context between the target DU and CU-UPF network element accessed after the terminal device is switched, so as to avoid executing the target DU and CU -The F1 user plane context reconstruction between UPF network elements can reduce the handover delay and improve the problem of large service delay and high signaling overhead caused by F1 interface reconstruction.
在一种可能的设计中,CU-UPF网元通过目标CU-CP向目标DU发送上行隧道信息;其中,上行隧道信息为所述CU-UPF网元与所源DU之间的第二F1用户面连接的上行隧道信息,其中,上行隧道信息和所述下行隧道信息包括网际互连协议IP地址和隧道端点标识中的至少一个。目标DU根据上行隧道信息和目标DU的上行隧道信息,建立目标DU和所述CU-UPF网元之间的上行用户面连接;以便于目标DU通过该上行用户面连接接收来自终端设备的上行数据。In a possible design, the CU-UPF network element sends uplink tunnel information to the target DU through the target CU-CP; wherein, the uplink tunnel information is the second F1 user between the CU-UPF network element and the source DU The uplink tunnel information of the plane connection, where the uplink tunnel information and the downlink tunnel information include at least one of an Internet Protocol IP address and a tunnel endpoint identifier. The target DU establishes an uplink user plane connection between the target DU and the CU-UPF network element according to the uplink tunnel information and the uplink tunnel information of the target DU; so that the target DU receives uplink data from the terminal device through the uplink user plane connection .
在一种可能的实现中,上述方法还可以包括:目标DU还可以通过用户面数据包向CU-UPF网元发送验证信息,CU-UPF网元根据该验证信息确定目标DU是否有获取上行隧道信息的权限,当CU-UPF网元确定目标DU有获取上行隧道信息的权限时,则向目标DU发送CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息,否则的话,则不发送。In a possible implementation, the above method may further include: the target DU may also send verification information to the CU-UPF network element through a user plane data packet, and the CU-UPF network element determines whether the target DU has obtained the uplink tunnel according to the verification information Information authority. When the CU-UPF network element determines that the target DU has the authority to obtain the upstream tunnel information, it sends the upstream tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element to the target DU; otherwise, it does not send it.
第九方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,所述通信装置可以为CU-CP或者设置在CU-CP内部的芯片。所述通信装置具备实现上述由CU-CP或者设置在CU-CP内部的芯片执行的功能,比如,所述通信装置包括执行上述第一方面、第五方面涉及步骤所对应的模块或单元或手段(means),所述功能或单元或手段可以通过软件实现,或者通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。In a ninth aspect, this application provides a communication device. The communication device may be a CU-CP or a chip set inside the CU-CP. The communication device is capable of realizing the functions performed by the CU-CP or a chip set inside the CU-CP. For example, the communication device includes modules or units or means corresponding to the steps involved in the first and fifth aspects. (means), the function or unit or means can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括处理单元、通信单元,其中,通信单元可以用于收发信号,以实现该通信装置和其它装置之间的通信,比如,通信单元用于接收来自 中继UE的第一消息;处理单元可以用于执行该通信装置的一些内部操作。处理单元、通信单元执行的功能可以和上述各方面CU-CP涉及的步骤相对应。In a possible design, the communication device includes a processing unit and a communication unit. The communication unit can be used to send and receive signals to achieve communication between the communication device and other devices. For example, the communication unit is used to receive Relay the first message of the UE; the processing unit may be used to perform some internal operations of the communication device. The functions performed by the processing unit and the communication unit may correspond to the steps involved in the CU-CP in the above aspects.
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括处理器,还可以包括收发器,所述收发器用于收发信号,所述处理器执行程序指令,以完成上述各方面中任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。其中,所述通信装置还可以包括一个或多个存储器,所述存储器用于与处理器耦合。所述一个或多个存储器可以和处理器集成在一起,也可以与处理器分离设置,本申请并不限定。存储器可以保存实现上述各方面涉及的功能的必要计算机程序或指令。所述处理器可执行所述存储器存储的计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令被执行时,使得所述通信装置实现上述各方面CU-CP涉及的任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。In a possible design, the communication device includes a processor, and may also include a transceiver. The transceiver is used to send and receive signals, and the processor executes program instructions to complete any possible design or implementation of the above aspects. The method in the way. Wherein, the communication device may further include one or more memories, and the memories are used for coupling with the processor. The one or more memories may be integrated with the processor, or may be provided separately from the processor, which is not limited in this application. The memory can store the necessary computer programs or instructions to realize the functions involved in the above-mentioned various aspects. The processor can execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the communication device realizes any of the possible designs or implementations related to the CU-CP in the above aspects. method.
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括处理器和存储器,存储器可以保存实现上述第一方面涉及的功能的必要计算机程序或指令。所述处理器可执行所述存储器存储的计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令被执行时,使得所述通信装置实现上述各方面CU-CP涉及的任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。In a possible design, the communication device includes a processor and a memory, and the memory can store necessary computer programs or instructions for realizing the functions involved in the first aspect. The processor can execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the communication device realizes any of the possible designs or implementations related to the CU-CP in the above aspects. method.
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括至少一个处理器和接口电路,其中,至少一个处理器用于通过所述接口电路与其它装置通信,并执行上述各方面任意可能的设计或实现方式中由CU-CP执行的方法。In a possible design, the communication device includes at least one processor and an interface circuit, where at least one processor is used to communicate with other devices through the interface circuit and execute any possible design or implementation of the above aspects The method implemented by the CU-CP in.
第十方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,所述通信装置可以为CU-UPF网元或者设置在CU-UPF网元内部的芯片。所述通信装置具备实现上述由CU-UPF网元或者设置在CU-UPF网元内部的芯片执行的功能,比如,所述通信装置包括执行上述第二方面、第四方面或第六方面、第八方面涉及步骤所对应的模块或单元或手段(means),所述功能或单元或手段可以通过软件实现,或者通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。In a tenth aspect, this application provides a communication device. The communication device may be a CU-UPF network element or a chip set inside the CU-UPF network element. The communication device is capable of implementing the functions performed by the CU-UPF network element or a chip set inside the CU-UPF network element. For example, the communication device includes performing the second aspect, the fourth aspect, or the sixth aspect, and the The eight aspects relate to modules or units or means corresponding to the steps, and the functions or units or means can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括处理单元、通信单元,其中,通信单元可以用于收发信号,以实现该通信装置和其它装置之间的通信,比如,通信单元用于接收来自中继UE的第一消息;处理单元可以用于执行该通信装置的一些内部操作。处理单元、通信单元执行的功能可以和上述各方面CU-UPF网元涉及的步骤相对应。In a possible design, the communication device includes a processing unit and a communication unit. The communication unit can be used to send and receive signals to achieve communication between the communication device and other devices. For example, the communication unit is used to receive Relay the first message of the UE; the processing unit may be used to perform some internal operations of the communication device. The functions performed by the processing unit and the communication unit may correspond to the steps involved in the CU-UPF network elements in the above aspects.
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括处理器,还可以包括收发器,所述收发器用于收发信号,所述处理器执行程序指令,以完成上述各方面中任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。其中,所述通信装置还可以包括一个或多个存储器,所述存储器用于与处理器耦合。所述一个或多个存储器可以和处理器集成在一起,也可以与处理器分离设置,本申请并不限定。存储器可以保存实现上述各方面涉及的功能的必要计算机程序或指令。所述处理器可执行所述存储器存储的计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令被执行时,使得所述通信装置实现上述各方面CU-UPF网元涉及的任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。In a possible design, the communication device includes a processor, and may also include a transceiver. The transceiver is used to send and receive signals, and the processor executes program instructions to complete any possible design or implementation of the above aspects. The method in the way. Wherein, the communication device may further include one or more memories, and the memories are used for coupling with the processor. The one or more memories may be integrated with the processor, or may be provided separately from the processor, which is not limited in this application. The memory can store the necessary computer programs or instructions to realize the functions involved in the above-mentioned various aspects. The processor can execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the communication device realizes any possible design or implementation manner involved in the CU-UPF network element in the above aspects In the method.
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括处理器和存储器,存储器可以保存实现上述第一方面涉及的功能的必要计算机程序或指令。所述处理器可执行所述存储器存储的计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令被执行时,使得所述通信装置实现上述各方面CU-UPF网元涉及的任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。In a possible design, the communication device includes a processor and a memory, and the memory can store necessary computer programs or instructions for realizing the functions involved in the first aspect. The processor can execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the communication device realizes any possible design or implementation manner involved in the CU-UPF network element in the above aspects In the method.
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括至少一个处理器和接口电路,其中,至少一个处理器用于通过所述接口电路与其它装置通信,并执行上述各方面任意可能的设计或实 现方式中由CU-UPF网元执行的方法。In a possible design, the communication device includes at least one processor and an interface circuit, where at least one processor is used to communicate with other devices through the interface circuit and execute any possible design or implementation of the above aspects The method executed by the CU-UPF network element.
第十一方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,所述通信装置可以为目标DU或者设置在目标DU内部的芯片。所述通信装置具备实现上述由目标DU或者设置在目标DU内部的芯片执行的功能,比如,所述通信装置包括执行上述第三方面、第七方面或第六方面涉及步骤所对应的模块或单元或手段(means),所述功能或单元或手段可以通过软件实现,或者通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。In an eleventh aspect, the present application provides a communication device. The communication device may be a target DU or a chip set inside the target DU. The communication device is capable of realizing the functions performed by the target DU or a chip set inside the target DU. For example, the communication device includes modules or units corresponding to the steps involved in the third aspect, the seventh aspect, or the sixth aspect. Or means, the function or unit or means can be realized by software, or by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括处理单元、通信单元,其中,通信单元可以用于收发信号,以实现该通信装置和其它装置之间的通信,比如,通信单元用于接收来自中继UE的第一消息;处理单元可以用于执行该通信装置的一些内部操作。处理单元、通信单元执行的功能可以和上述各方面目标DU涉及的步骤相对应。In a possible design, the communication device includes a processing unit and a communication unit. The communication unit can be used to send and receive signals to achieve communication between the communication device and other devices. For example, the communication unit is used to receive Relay the first message of the UE; the processing unit may be used to perform some internal operations of the communication device. The functions performed by the processing unit and the communication unit may correspond to the steps involved in the target DU in each aspect described above.
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括处理器,还可以包括收发器,所述收发器用于收发信号,所述处理器执行程序指令,以完成上述各方面中任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。其中,所述通信装置还可以包括一个或多个存储器,所述存储器用于与处理器耦合。所述一个或多个存储器可以和处理器集成在一起,也可以与处理器分离设置,本申请并不限定。存储器可以保存实现上述各方面涉及的功能的必要计算机程序或指令。所述处理器可执行所述存储器存储的计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令被执行时,使得所述通信装置实现上述各方面目标DU涉及的任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。In a possible design, the communication device includes a processor, and may also include a transceiver. The transceiver is used to send and receive signals, and the processor executes program instructions to complete any possible design or implementation of the above aspects. The method in the way. Wherein, the communication device may further include one or more memories, and the memories are used for coupling with the processor. The one or more memories may be integrated with the processor, or may be provided separately from the processor, which is not limited in this application. The memory can store the necessary computer programs or instructions to realize the functions involved in the above-mentioned various aspects. The processor can execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the communication device realizes the method in any possible design or implementation manner involved in the above-mentioned various aspects of the target DU. .
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括处理器和存储器,存储器可以保存实现上述第一方面涉及的功能的必要计算机程序或指令。所述处理器可执行所述存储器存储的计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令被执行时,使得所述通信装置实现上述各方面目标DU涉及的任意可能的设计或实现方式中的方法。In a possible design, the communication device includes a processor and a memory, and the memory can store necessary computer programs or instructions for realizing the functions involved in the first aspect. The processor can execute the computer program or instruction stored in the memory, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the communication device realizes the method in any possible design or implementation manner involved in the above-mentioned various aspects of the target DU. .
在一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置包括至少一个处理器和接口电路,其中,至少一个处理器用于通过所述接口电路与其它装置通信,并执行上述各方面任意可能的设计或实现方式中由目标DU执行的方法。In a possible design, the communication device includes at least one processor and an interface circuit, where at least one processor is used to communicate with other devices through the interface circuit and execute any possible design or implementation of the above aspects In the method executed by the target DU.
第十二方面,本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机存储介质中存储有计算机可读指令,当计算机读取并执行所述计算机可读指令时,使得计算机执行上述各个方面的任一种可能的设计中的方法。In a twelfth aspect, this application provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores computer-readable instructions. When the computer reads and executes the computer-readable instructions, the computer can execute the above-mentioned aspects. Any possible design method.
第十三方面,本申请提供一种计算机程序产品,当计算机读取并执行所述计算机程序产品时,使得计算机执行上述各个方面的任一种可能的设计中的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, this application provides a computer program product, which when a computer reads and executes the computer program product, causes the computer to execute any of the possible design methods in the above-mentioned various aspects.
第十四方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括CU-CP和CU-UPF网元,其中:In a fourteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, which includes CU-CP and CU-UPF network elements, wherein:
CU-CP可以用于执行上述第一方面或第一方面中的任意一种方法。The CU-CP can be used to implement the first aspect or any one of the methods in the first aspect.
CU-UPF网元可以用于执行上述第二方面或第二方面中的任意一种方法。The CU-UPF network element may be used to execute any one of the above-mentioned second aspect or the second aspect.
第十五方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括目标DU和CU-UPF网元,其中:In a fifteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system. The communication system includes a target DU and a CU-UPF network element, where:
目标DU可以用于执行上述第三方面或第三方面中的任意一种方法。The target DU can be used to perform the third aspect or any one of the methods in the third aspect.
CU-UPF网元可以用于执行上述第四方面或第四方面中的任意一种方法。The CU-UPF network element may be used to execute any one of the foregoing fourth aspect or the fourth aspect.
第十六方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括目标无线接入网设备的目标CU-CP、CU-UPF网元,其中:In a sixteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, which includes target CU-CP and CU-UPF network elements of a target radio access network device, wherein:
目标无线接入网设备的目标CU-CP,可以用于执行上述第五方面或第五方面中的任意一种方法。The target CU-CP of the target radio access network device may be used to execute any one of the above-mentioned fifth aspect or the fifth aspect.
CU-UPF网元可以用于执行上述第六方面或第六方面中的任意一种方法。The CU-UPF network element may be used to execute any one of the above-mentioned sixth aspect or the sixth aspect.
第十七方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括目标无线接入网设备的目标DU、CU-UPF网元,其中:In a seventeenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system. The communication system includes a target DU and a CU-UPF network element of a target radio access network device, wherein:
目标无线接入网设备的目标DU,可以用于执行上述第七方面或第七方面中的任意一种方法。The target DU of the target radio access network device may be used to execute any one of the above-mentioned seventh aspect or the seventh aspect.
CU-UPF网元可以用于执行上述第八方面或第八方面中的任意一种方法。The CU-UPF network element may be used to execute any one of the eighth aspect or the eighth aspect described above.
第十八方面,本申请提供一种芯片,所述芯片包括处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的软件程序,以实现上述各个方面的任一种可能的设计中的方法。In an eighteenth aspect, the present application provides a chip that includes a processor, and the processor is coupled to a memory, and is configured to read and execute a software program stored in the memory to implement any of the above aspects. A possible design approach.
图1为本申请实施例提供的一个通信系统示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the application;
图2A至图2C为本申请实施例提供的无线接入网设备的分离架构示意图;2A to 2C are schematic diagrams of the separated architecture of radio access network devices provided by embodiments of this application;
图3为现有技术中的一种终端设备的RAN切换流程的示意图;Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of a RAN handover procedure of a terminal device in the prior art;
图4A为适用于本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统示意图;FIG. 4A is a schematic diagram of a communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application;
图4B至图4C为适用于本申请实施例提供的用户面协议和控制面协议示意图;4B to 4C are schematic diagrams of user plane protocols and control plane protocols applicable to embodiments of the present application;
图5A和图5B为适用于本申请实施例提供的切换场景示意图;5A and 5B are schematic diagrams of handover scenarios applicable to embodiments of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的第一种通信方法示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of the first communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图7A和图7B为本申请实施例提供的一种切换场景下的通信方法示意图;7A and 7B are schematic diagrams of a communication method in a handover scenario provided by an embodiment of this application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的第二种通信方法示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a second communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图9A和图9B为本申请实施例提供的一种切换场景下的通信方法示意图;9A and 9B are schematic diagrams of a communication method in a handover scenario provided by an embodiment of the application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的第二种通信方法示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a second communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图11A和图11B为本申请实施例提供的一种切换场景下的通信方法示意图;11A and 11B are schematic diagrams of a communication method in a handover scenario provided by an embodiment of this application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的第三种通信方法示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a third communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图13A和图13B为本申请实施例提供的一种切换场景下的通信方法示意图;13A and 13B are schematic diagrams of a communication method in a handover scenario provided by an embodiment of this application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置结构示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置结构示意图;15 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图16为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置结构示意图。FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
为了使本申请的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本申请作进一步 地详细描述。In order to make the purpose, technical solutions and advantages of this application clearer, the application will be further described in detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
首先,对本申请提供的技术方案可适用的通信系统进行说明。First, the communication system to which the technical solution provided in this application is applicable will be explained.
本申请提供的技术方案可适用在各种通信系统中,例如长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、第五代(5th generation,5G)通信系统、以及其它类似的通信系统。图1示例性示出了一种5G通信系统的网络架构图。其中:The technical solutions provided in this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as long term evolution (LTE) systems, fifth generation (5G) communication systems, and other similar communication systems. Fig. 1 exemplarily shows a network architecture diagram of a 5G communication system. in:
终端设备,可以包括具有无线通信功能的手持设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备,以及各种形式的用户设备(user equipment,UE),移动台(mobile station,MS),终端设备(terminal equipment)等。Terminal devices may include handheld devices with wireless communication functions, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, computing devices, or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, as well as various forms of user equipment (UE), and mobile stations (mobile stations). station, MS), terminal equipment (terminal equipment), etc.
(无线)接入网(radio access network,(R)AN)设备,可以用于实现无线物理层功能、无线资源管理、无线接入控制以及移动性管理等功能。RAN设备可以包括基站,例如为5G系统中的接入节点(access point,AP)、下一代节点B(next generation Node B,gNB)、下一代演进型节点B(ng-eNB,gNB)、收发点(transmission receive point,TRP)、传输点(transmission point,TP)或某种其它接入节点等。需要理解的是,下文的描述,将(R)AN设备统称为RAN设备,以便于描述。(Radio access network, (R)AN) equipment can be used to implement functions such as wireless physical layer functions, wireless resource management, wireless access control, and mobility management. RAN equipment may include base stations, such as access point (AP) in 5G system, next generation Node B (gNB), next generation evolved Node B (ng-eNB, gNB), transceiver Point (transmission receive point, TRP), transmission point (transmission point, TP), or some other access node, etc. It should be understood that, in the following description, (R)AN devices are collectively referred to as RAN devices for ease of description.
用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)网元,作为用户面的功能网元,可以连接外部数据网络,主要功能包含:数据包路由和传输、包检测、业务用量上报、QoS处理、合法监听、上行包检测、下行数据包存储等用户面相关的功能。The user plane function (UPF) network element, as a user plane function network element, can be connected to external data networks. The main functions include: data packet routing and transmission, packet inspection, service usage reporting, QoS processing, legal monitoring, User plane related functions such as upstream packet inspection and downstream data packet storage.
AMF网元,其主要功能包含:连接管理、移动性管理、注册管理、接入认证和授权、可达性管理、安全上下文管理等接入和移动性相关的功能。AMF network element, its main functions include: connection management, mobility management, registration management, access authentication and authorization, reachability management, security context management and other access and mobility-related functions.
SMF网元,其主要功能包含:会话管理(如会话建立、修改和释放,包含UPF和RAN之间的隧道维护)、UPF的选择和控制、业务和会话连续性(service and session continuity,SSC)模式选择、漫游等会话相关的功能。SMF network element, its main functions include: session management (such as session establishment, modification and release, including tunnel maintenance between UPF and RAN), UPF selection and control, service and session continuity (service and session continuity, SSC) Session-related functions such as mode selection and roaming.
PCF网元,其主要功能包含:统一策略制定、策略控制的提供和获取策略决策相关的签约信息等策略相关的功能。The main functions of the PCF network element include: unified policy formulation, policy control provision and acquisition of policy-related contract information and other policy-related functions.
应用功能(application function,AF)网元,既可以是第三方的应用控制平台,也可以是运营商部署的设备,其主要功能包括提供应用相关的信息,为多个应用服务器提供服务。The application function (AF) network element can be either a third-party application control platform or a device deployed by an operator. Its main functions include providing application-related information and providing services for multiple application servers.
数据网络(data network,DN),其主要功能是提供具体的数据业务,如运营商服务,互联网接入或者第三方业务。The main function of a data network (DN) is to provide specific data services, such as operator services, Internet access, or third-party services.
如图2A所示,CU/DU分离是5G中的一个重要特性,通过将RAN拆分成集中处理节点(centralized unit,CU)和分布式处理节点(distributed unit,DU),可以灵活地对基站布网进行调整,对负载均衡、资源最大化利用都有良好的收益。另外,该架构下,对于解决潮汐效应、部署双连接、边缘计算、业务分流以及智能化运维都有更好的支持。As shown in Figure 2A, CU/DU separation is an important feature in 5G. By splitting the RAN into a centralized processing node (centralized unit, CU) and a distributed processing node (distributed unit, DU), the base station can be flexibly Adjusting the network layout has good benefits for load balancing and maximum utilization of resources. In addition, under this architecture, there is better support for solving tidal effects, deploying dual connectivity, edge computing, business offloading, and intelligent operation and maintenance.
其中,无线接入网设备可以划分为CU和至少一个DU。其中,CU可以用于管理或者控制至少一个DU,也可以称之为CU与至少一个DU连接。这种结构可以将通信系统中无线接入网设备的协议层拆开,其中部分协议层放在CU集中控制,剩下部分或全部协议层功能分布在DU中,由CU集中控制DU。以无线接入网设备为gNB为例,gNB的协议层包括无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)层、业务数据适配协议(service data adaptation protocol,SDAP)层、分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层、无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、媒体访问控制子层(media access control,MAC)层和物理层。其中,示例性的,CU可以用于实现RRC层、SDAP层和PDCP层的 功能,DU可以用于实现RLC层、MAC层和物理层的功能。本申请实施例不对CU、DU包括的协议栈做具体限定。Among them, the radio access network equipment can be divided into a CU and at least one DU. Wherein, the CU may be used to manage or control at least one DU, and it may also be referred to as the CU being connected to at least one DU. This structure can disassemble the protocol layer of the wireless access network equipment in the communication system, where part of the protocol layer is placed under the centralized control of the CU, and the remaining part or all of the protocol layer functions are distributed in the DU, and the CU is centrally controlled by the DU. Taking the gNB as an example of the radio access network equipment, the protocol layer of gNB includes the radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) layer, the service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) layer, and the packet data aggregation protocol (packet data). The convergence protocol (PDCP) layer, the radio link control (RLC) layer, the media access control (MAC) layer, and the physical layer. Among them, exemplarily, the CU can be used to implement the functions of the RRC layer, the SDAP layer, and the PDCP layer, and the DU can be used to implement the functions of the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the physical layer. The embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the protocol stack included in the CU and DU.
其中,对于集中处理节点,根据功能不同,又可以进一步划分为集中处理节点的控制面实体(CU-control plane,CU-CP)和集中处理节点的用户面实体(CU-user plane,CU-UP)。其中,CU-CP可以用于控制面管理,CU-UP可以用于用户面数据传输。CU-CP与CU-UP之间的接口可以为E1接口。CU-CP与DU之间的接口可以为F1-C,用于控制面信令的传输。CU-UP与DU之间的接口可以为F1-U,用于用户面数据传输。CU-UP与CU-UP之间可以通过Xn-U口进行连接,进行用户面数据传输。换句话说,以gNB为例,如图2B所示,在CU/DU分离架构下,gNB被拆解为gNB-CU-CP、gNB-CU-UP以及gNB-DU。gNB-CU-CP与gNB-DU之间的接口可以为F1-C,gNB-CU-UP与gNB-DU之间的接口可以为F1-U。再比如,如图2C所示,以gNB为例,在CU/DU分离架构下,gNB的gNB-CU-CP通过E1接口控制gNB-CU-UP,SMF网元通过N4接口控制UPF网元。Among them, for the centralized processing node, according to the different functions, it can be further divided into the control plane entity (CU-control plane, CU-CP) of the centralized processing node and the user plane entity (CU-user plane, CU-UP) of the centralized processing node. ). Among them, CU-CP can be used for control plane management, and CU-UP can be used for user plane data transmission. The interface between CU-CP and CU-UP can be an E1 interface. The interface between CU-CP and DU can be F1-C, which is used for the transmission of control plane signaling. The interface between CU-UP and DU can be F1-U, which is used for user plane data transmission. CU-UP and CU-UP can be connected through the Xn-U port for user plane data transmission. In other words, taking gNB as an example, as shown in FIG. 2B, under the CU/DU separation architecture, gNB is disassembled into gNB-CU-CP, gNB-CU-UP, and gNB-DU. The interface between gNB-CU-CP and gNB-DU can be F1-C, and the interface between gNB-CU-UP and gNB-DU can be F1-U. For another example, as shown in Fig. 2C, taking gNB as an example, under the CU/DU separation architecture, gNB-CU-CP of gNB controls gNB-CU-UP through E1 interface, and SMF network element controls UPF network element through N4 interface.
目前相关技术中,在上述RAN的CU/DU分离架构下,UPF网元和CU-UP独立部署,终端设备的RAN切换流程如图3所示,图3中,以gNB为例,示例性示出了UE从源gNB-DU切换至目标gNB-DU的流程示意图,各网元或设备间交互流程包括:In the current related technology, under the CU/DU separation architecture of the above-mentioned RAN, the UPF network element and CU-UP are deployed independently, and the RAN handover process of the terminal equipment is shown in Figure 3. In Figure 3, gNB is taken as an example. The schematic diagram of the process of UE handover from the source gNB-DU to the target gNB-DU is shown. The interaction process between each network element or device includes:
步骤301,UE向gNB的源gNB-DU发送测量报告。Step 301: The UE sends a measurement report to the source gNB-DU of the gNB.
步骤302,源gNB-DU通过RRC消息将该测量报告转发至gNB-CU-CP。Step 302: The source gNB-DU forwards the measurement report to the gNB-CU-CP through an RRC message.
例如,源gNB-DU通过上行RRC传送消息(UL RRC MESSAGE TRANSFER)将该测量报告转发给gNB-CU-CP。For example, the source gNB-DU forwards the measurement report to the gNB-CU-CP through an uplink RRC transmission message (UL RRC MESSAGE TRANSFER).
步骤303,gNB-CU-CP根据接收到的测量报告,确定UE需要从源gNB-DU切换至gNB的目标gNB-DU上,并且向gNB-CU-UP发送UE上下文建立请求,该UE上下文建立请求用于请求gNB-CU-UP和源gNB-DU之间的F1-U接口的用户面上下文中gNB-CU-UP的上行隧道信息。Step 303: According to the received measurement report, the gNB-CU-CP determines that the UE needs to switch from the source gNB-DU to the gNB target gNB-DU, and sends a UE context establishment request to the gNB-CU-UP, and the UE context establishment The request is used to request the uplink tunnel information of the gNB-CU-UP in the user plane context of the F1-U interface between the gNB-CU-UP and the source gNB-DU.
步骤304,gNB-CU-UP向gNB-CU-CP发送UE上下文建立响应,该UE上下文建立响应包括gNB-CU-UP和源gNB-DU之间的F1-U接口的用户面上下文中gNB-CU-UP的上行隧道信息。Step 304: The gNB-CU-UP sends a UE context establishment response to gNB-CU-CP. The UE context establishment response includes gNB- in the user plane context of the F1-U interface between the gNB-CU-UP and the source gNB-DU. Upstream tunnel information of CU-UP.
步骤305,当gNB-CU-CP确定UE需要从源gNB-DU切换至gNB的目标gNB-DU时,gNB-CU-CP向目标gNB-DU发送UE上下文建立请求,该UE上下文建立请求包含gNB-CU-UP的上行隧道信息,同时该UE上下文建立请求用于请求目标gNB-DU的F1-U下行隧道端口信息。Step 305: When the gNB-CU-CP determines that the UE needs to switch from the source gNB-DU to the target gNB-DU of the gNB, the gNB-CU-CP sends a UE context establishment request to the target gNB-DU, and the UE context establishment request includes the gNB -CU-UP uplink tunnel information, and the UE context establishment request is used to request the F1-U downlink tunnel port information of the target gNB-DU.
步骤306,目标gNB-DU向gNB-CU-CP发送UE上下文建立响应,该UE上下文建立响应中包括目标gNB-DU的F1-U下行隧道端口信息。Step 306: The target gNB-DU sends a UE context establishment response to the gNB-CU-CP. The UE context establishment response includes the F1-U downlink tunnel port information of the target gNB-DU.
步骤307,gNB-CU-CP向源gNB-DU发送UE上下文修改请求,其中,UE上下文修改请求该包含RRC重配置(RRC Reconfiguration)消息,该RRC重配置消息用于指示UE结束与源gNB-DU的连接,通过随机接入流程建立与目标gNB-DU的连接。Step 307, the gNB-CU-CP sends a UE context modification request to the source gNB-DU, where the UE context modification request includes an RRC reconfiguration (RRC Reconfiguration) message, and the RRC reconfiguration message is used to instruct the UE to end the connection with the source gNB-DU. DU connection, establish a connection with the target gNB-DU through a random access procedure.
步骤308,源gNB-DU向UE转发该RRC重配置(RRC Reconfiguration)消息。Step 308: The source gNB-DU forwards the RRC Reconfiguration (RRC Reconfiguration) message to the UE.
步骤309,源gNB-DU向gNB-CU-CP发送下行数据传输状态(downlink data delivery status),该下行数据传输状态用于指示gNB-CU-CP停止向UE发送下行数据。Step 309: The source gNB-DU sends a downlink data delivery status (downlink data delivery status) to the gNB-CU-CP. The downlink data delivery status is used to instruct the gNB-CU-CP to stop sending downlink data to the UE.
步骤310,源gNB-DU向gNB-CU-CP发送UE上下文修改响应。该UE上下文修改响应包括源gNB-DU断开与UE的连接。Step 310: The source gNB-DU sends a UE context modification response to the gNB-CU-CP. The UE context modification response includes that the source gNB-DU disconnects from the UE.
步骤311,gNB-CU-CP向gNB-CU-UP发送F1接口用户面上下文修改请求,该修改请求包括目标gNB-DU的F1-U下行隧道端口信息,用于请求建立gNB-CU-UP和目标gNB-DU侧之间的F1接口下行用户面连接。Step 311, gNB-CU-CP sends a F1 interface user plane context modification request to gNB-CU-UP. The modification request includes F1-U downlink tunnel port information of the target gNB-DU, which is used to request the establishment of gNB-CU-UP and The F1 interface between the target gNB-DU side is a downlink user plane connection.
步骤312,gNB-CU-UP根据目标gNB-DU的F1-U下行隧道端口信息,以及gNB-CU-UP的F1-U下行隧道端口信息,修改并更新生成F1接口用户面上下文,建立F1接口下行用户面连接,并向gNB-CU-CP发送F1接口用户面上下文修改响应。Step 312, the gNB-CU-UP modifies and updates the F1 interface user plane context based on the F1-U downlink tunnel port information of the target gNB-DU and the F1-U downlink tunnel port information of the gNB-CU-UP, and establishes the F1 interface Downlink user plane connection, and send F1 interface user plane context modification response to gNB-CU-CP.
步骤313,UE断开与源gNB-DU的连接,通过随机接入过程,建立与目标gNB-DU的连接。Step 313: The UE disconnects from the source gNB-DU, and establishes a connection with the target gNB-DU through a random access process.
步骤314,目标gNB-DU向gNB-CU-CP发送下行数据发送状态消息,该消息用于指示gNB-CU-CP向目标gNB-DU发送下行数据。Step 314: The target gNB-DU sends a downlink data transmission status message to the gNB-CU-CP, where the message is used to instruct the gNB-CU-CP to send downlink data to the target gNB-DU.
步骤315,UE切换至目标gNB-DU,并向目标gNB-DU发送该RRC重配置完成消息。Step 315: The UE switches to the target gNB-DU, and sends the RRC reconfiguration complete message to the target gNB-DU.
步骤316,目标gNB-DU向gNB-CU-CP转发该RRC重配置完成消息。Step 316: The target gNB-DU forwards the RRC reconfiguration complete message to the gNB-CU-CP.
步骤317,gNB-CU-CP指示源gNB-DU删除相关UE上下文,以及释放上下文占用的相关资源。Step 317: The gNB-CU-CP instructs the source gNB-DU to delete the relevant UE context and release the relevant resources occupied by the context.
步骤318,源gNB-DU向gNB-CU-CP发送UE上下文释放完成消息。Step 318: The source gNB-DU sends a UE context release complete message to the gNB-CU-CP.
步骤319,gNB-CU-CP向gNB-CU-UP发送请求释放gNB-CU-UP和源gNB-DU之间的F1-U接口用户面上下文。Step 319: The gNB-CU-CP sends a request to the gNB-CU-UP to release the F1-U interface user plane context between the gNB-CU-UP and the source gNB-DU.
步骤320,gNB-CU-UP释放gNB-CU-UP和源gNB-DU之间的F1-U接口用户面上下文,并向gNB-CU-CP发送释放完成消息。Step 320: The gNB-CU-UP releases the F1-U interface user plane context between the gNB-CU-UP and the source gNB-DU, and sends a release complete message to the gNB-CU-CP.
目前,CU通常与下沉的用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)网元部署在同一个物理机房中,出于减少数据面传输跳数,节约成本以及将数据面安全节点均设在核心网中等考虑,最终很有可能会将UPF网元和CU-UP合设为一个网元,即将CU-UP跟下沉的UPF网元合设,记为CU-UPF网元,该CU-UPF网元由会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)网元进行统一的调度管理。在PDU会话传输时,CU-UP可直接与其合设在一起的UPF网元进行通信,传输距离短,通信速率快,提高资源利用率。在合设场景下,图4A示例性示出了一种5G通信系统的网络架构图。gNB-CU-CP与gNB-DU之间的接口可以为F1-C,gNB-DU与CU-UPF网元之间的接口可以为F1-U,gNB-CU-CP与CU-UPF网元之间的接口可以为E1接口,SMF网元通过N4接口控制CU-UPF网元。At present, the CU is usually deployed in the same physical computer room as the sinking user plane function (UPF) network element. In order to reduce the number of data plane transmission hops, save costs, and set the data plane security nodes in the core network Considering moderately, it is very likely that the UPF network element and the CU-UP will be combined as one network element in the end, that is, the CU-UP and the sinking UPF network element will be combined and recorded as the CU-UPF network element. The CU-UPF network The element is uniformly scheduled and managed by the session management function (SMF) network element. During the transmission of the PDU session, the CU-UP can directly communicate with the UPF network element that is set together with it. The transmission distance is short, the communication rate is fast, and the resource utilization rate is improved. In a joint installation scenario, FIG. 4A exemplarily shows a network architecture diagram of a 5G communication system. The interface between gNB-CU-CP and gNB-DU can be F1-C, the interface between gNB-DU and CU-UPF network element can be F1-U, one of gNB-CU-CP and CU-UPF network element The interface between the two can be an E1 interface, and the SMF network element controls the CU-UPF network element through the N4 interface.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,F1接口,为一个RAN内部的功能实体之间的接口,例如在上述RAN的CU/DU分离架构下,F1接口可以为该RAN内的DU与该RAN内的CU之间的接口。F1接口也可以被称为F1*接口等名称,为了描述方便,本申请实施例中,可统一称为F1接口,但对名称并不做限定。It should be noted that in this embodiment of the application, the F1 interface is an interface between functional entities within a RAN. For example, under the CU/DU separation architecture of the above-mentioned RAN, the F1 interface can be a DU in the RAN and the RAN. The interface between the CUs within. The F1 interface can also be referred to as F1* interface and other names. For the convenience of description, in the embodiments of the present application, it can be collectively referred to as the F1 interface, but the name is not limited.
本申请实施例涉及的F1接口,F1接口支持用户面协议和控制面协议。示例性的,如图4B所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种控制面协议的协议栈示意图。The F1 interface involved in the embodiment of the present application supports a user plane protocol and a control plane protocol. Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 4B, a schematic diagram of a protocol stack of a control plane protocol provided in an embodiment of this application.
图4B中,终端设备和RAN的CU-CP之间对等的协议包括无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)层以及PDCP层。终端设备与RAN的DU之间对等的协议包括RLC层、MAC层以及PHY层。In FIG. 4B, the peer-to-peer protocol between the terminal device and the CU-CP of the RAN includes a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) layer and a PDCP layer. The peer-to-peer protocol between the terminal equipment and the DU of the RAN includes the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the PHY layer.
其中,RAN的DU与RAN的CU-CP之间在F1接口的控制面,对等的协议包括F1应用层协议(F1 application protocol,F1AP)层、流控传输协议(stream control transport protocol,SCTP)层以及IP层。可选的,F1接口的控制面协议层还包括PDCP层、IPsec层和数据报文传输层安全(datagram transport layer security,简称DTLS)层中的一个或多个。在一种可能的实现方式中,IPsec层、PDCP层或DTLS层位于IP层之上F1AP层之下。Among them, the DU of the RAN and the CU-CP of the RAN are on the control plane of the F1 interface. The equivalent protocols include the F1 application protocol (F1 application protocol, F1AP) layer and the stream control transport protocol (SCTP) Layer and IP layer. Optionally, the control plane protocol layer of the F1 interface further includes one or more of a PDCP layer, an IPsec layer, and a datagram transport layer security (DTLS) layer. In a possible implementation, the IPsec layer, the PDCP layer, or the DTLS layer is located above the IP layer and below the F1AP layer.
示例性的,如图4C所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种用户面协议的协议栈示意图。图4C中,以终端设备至CU-CP之间的链路中包括终端设备、CU_UPF网元、CU-CP为例进行描述。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 4C, a schematic diagram of a protocol stack of a user plane protocol provided in an embodiment of this application. In FIG. 4C, description is made by taking the link between the terminal device and the CU-CP including the terminal device, the CU_UPF network element, and the CU-CP as an example.
图4C中,终端设备与CU-UP之间对等的协议层包括服务数据应用协议(Service Data Adaptation Protocol,SDAP)层以及分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层。终端设备与DU之间对等的协议包括无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、媒体接入控制(medium access control,MAC)层以及物理(Physical,PHY)层。In FIG. 4C, the equivalent protocol layer between the terminal device and the CU-UP includes the Service Data Application Protocol (SDAP) layer and the Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) layer. The peer-to-peer protocol between the terminal device and the DU includes a radio link control (radio link control, RLC) layer, a medium access control (medium access control, MAC) layer, and a physical (Physical, PHY) layer.
CU-UPF网元与RAN的DU之间在F1接口的用户面,对等的协议包括通用分组无线服务(General Packet Radio Service,GPRS)隧道协议用户面(GPRS Tunnelling Protocol User Plane,GTP-U)层、用户数据报协议(user datagram protocol,UDP)层以及互联网协议(internet protocol,IP)层。可选的,F1接口的用户面协议层还包括PDCP层和/或IP安全(IP Security,简称IPsec)层。在一种可能的实现方式中,IPsec层或PDCP层位于IP层之上GTP-U层之下。The user plane of the F1 interface between the CU-UPF network element and the DU of the RAN. The peer-to-peer protocol includes the general packet radio service (General Packet Radio Service, GPRS) tunneling protocol user plane (GPRS Tunnelling Protocol User Plane, GTP-U) Layer, user datagram protocol (UDP) layer, and internet protocol (IP) layer. Optionally, the user plane protocol layer of the F1 interface further includes a PDCP layer and/or an IP security (IP Security, referred to as IPsec) layer. In a possible implementation, the IPsec layer or the PDCP layer is located above the IP layer and below the GTP-U layer.
可以理解的是,本申请实施例图4B至图4C中所示的协议栈架构仅仅是一种示例,本申请实施例提供的方法并不依赖于该示例,而是通过该示例使得本申请实施例提供的方法更加的容易理解。It is understandable that the protocol stack architecture shown in FIG. 4B to FIG. 4C in the embodiment of the present application is only an example, and the method provided in the embodiment of the present application does not rely on this example, but makes the implementation of this application possible through this example. The method provided by the example is easier to understand.
考虑到,在UPF网元和CU-UP合设为一个网元的架构下,由于已经取消了gNB-CU-CP对CU-UPF网元的控制,安全以及服务质量流(QoS Flow)控制相关的PDCP和SDAP配置(SDAP Config)消息需要在控制面通过CU-CP->AMF->SMF->CU-UPF的路径下发给CU-UPF网元。终端设备在发生RAN切换时,需要改变CU-UPF的接口,这时就需要通过gNB-CU-CP->AMF->SMF->CU-UPF的路径转发F1接口用户面/控制面的上下文修改消息,信令流程过长,可能满足不了终端切换的时延需求。Considering that under the architecture where UPF network elements and CU-UP are combined as one network element, since the control of CU-UPF network elements by gNB-CU-CP has been cancelled, security and quality of service flow (QoS Flow) control are related The PDCP and SDAP configuration (SDAP Config) messages need to be sent to the CU-UPF network element through the path of CU-CP->AMF->SMF->CU-UPF on the control plane. When the terminal device undergoes a RAN handover, it needs to change the CU-UPF interface. At this time, it needs to forward the F1 interface user plane/control plane context modification through the path of gNB-CU-CP->AMF->SMF->CU-UPF The message and signaling process is too long, which may not meet the delay requirements of terminal handover.
为解决上述问题,本申请实施例提出了一种通信方法及装置,该方法中通过SMF在PDU会话建立流程预发送控制端口信息,指示gNB-CU-CP在终端设备发生gNB-DU切换时,使用预设的控制端口控制PDU会话快速完成gNB-DU的切换,或者,通过SMF网元授权用户面数据包可以控制PDU会话快速完成gNB-DU的切换。In order to solve the above-mentioned problems, the embodiment of the application proposes a communication method and device. In the method, the control port information is pre-transmitted in the PDU session establishment process through SMF to instruct the gNB-CU-CP to switch between the terminal equipment and the gNB-DU. Use the preset control port to control the PDU session to quickly complete the gNB-DU switching, or, through the SMF network element to authorize the user plane data packet to control the PDU session to quickly complete the gNB-DU switching.
应理解,本申请实施例中RAN的DU发生切换的场景并不限于终端设备在RAN设备之间切换的场景,还可以是其它可能出现无线承载(Radio Bearer)在RAN设备之间切换的场景。比如,当终端设备由无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)非活跃态(inactive)恢复到RRC连接态(connected)的场景下,也可能出现无线承载(Radio Bearer)在RAN设备之间的切换。再比如,在终端设备与主RAN设备和从RAN设备建立PDU会话的双重连接(dual connection)的场景下无线承载(Radio Bearer)也可能由主RAN设备切换到从RAN设备,或者由从RAN设备切换到主RAN设备。这些场景也同样适用于本申请实施例中。It should be understood that the scenario where the DU of the RAN is switched in the embodiment of the present application is not limited to the scenario where the terminal device switches between the RAN devices, and may also be other scenarios where the radio bearer may switch between the RAN devices. For example, when the terminal device is restored to the RRC connected state (connected) from the inactive state (radio resource control, RRC), the radio bearer (Radio Bearer) switch between RAN devices may also occur . For another example, in a scenario where a terminal device establishes a dual connection for a PDU session with a master RAN device and a slave RAN device, the radio bearer may also be switched from the master RAN device to the slave RAN device, or from the slave RAN device. Switch to the main RAN device. These scenarios are also applicable to the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例描述的网络架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术 问题,同样适用。The network architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of this application are intended to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application, and do not constitute a limitation to the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application. Those of ordinary skill in the art will know that with the network With the evolution of architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application are equally applicable to similar technical problems.
下面结合具体实施例对本申请提供的通信方法进行详细说明。其中,需要理解的是,下文中涉及的“第一”、“第二”等词汇,仅用于区分描述的目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性,也不能理解为指示或暗示顺序等。例如,下文的描述中,终端设备切换前对应的源RAN又被称为第一RAN,终端设备切换后对应的目标RAN又称为第二RAN;终端设备切换前对应的源DU又被称为第一DU,终端设备切换后对应的目标DU又称为第二DU;终端设备切换前对应的源CU-CP又被称为第一CU-CP,终端设备切换后对应的目标CU-CP又称为第二CU-CP。The communication method provided in this application will be described in detail below in conjunction with specific embodiments. Among them, it should be understood that the terms "first" and "second" mentioned below are only used for the purpose of distinguishing description, and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance, nor as indicating or implying order. Wait. For example, in the following description, the source RAN corresponding to the terminal device before handover is also called the first RAN, and the target RAN corresponding to the terminal device after the handover is also called the second RAN; the source DU corresponding to the terminal device before the handover is also called The first DU, the corresponding target DU after the terminal device is switched is also called the second DU; the corresponding source CU-CP before the terminal device is switched is also called the first CU-CP, and the corresponding target CU-CP after the terminal device is switched is again Called the second CU-CP.
下面将分如下场景一和场景二对本申请实施例提供的通信方法展开描述,其中,在场景一中,终端设备在同一个RAN的CU服务的范围内从RAN的第一DU切换至RAN的第二DU。示例性地,如图5A所示,以RAN为gNB为例,UE在切换前连接到gNB的第一gNB-DU,UE在切换之后连接到gNB的第二gNB-DU。在场景二中,终端设备在不同RAN服务的范围内从第一RAN的DU切换至第二RAN的DU。示例性地,如图5B所示,以RAN为gNB为例,UE在切换前连接到第一gNB的第一gNB-DU,UE在切换之后连接到第二gNB的第二gNB-DU。The following describes the communication method provided by the embodiments of the present application in the following
场景一scene one
实施例一,结合场景一的描述,如图6所示,为本申请实施例提供的第一种通信方法流程示意图。参见图6,该方法包括如下步骤。
步骤601,RAN的CU-CP接收来自SMF网元的控制端口信息。Step 601: The CU-CP of the RAN receives the control port information from the SMF network element.
其中,该控制端口信息又可以被称为临时的E1端口,该控制端口信息所指示的控制端口是CU-UPF网元的控制端口,且是与终端设备的PDU会话对应的控制端口。也就是说,该控制端口是与会话一一对应的。Wherein, the control port information may be referred to as a temporary E1 port, and the control port indicated by the control port information is the control port of the CU-UPF network element, and is the control port corresponding to the PDU session of the terminal device. In other words, the control port corresponds to the session one-to-one.
在一种可能的实现中,该控制端口信息可以承载于N2消息中,SMF网元可以通过AMF网元将该控制端口信息发送至RAN的CU-CP。In a possible implementation, the control port information may be carried in an N2 message, and the SMF network element may send the control port information to the CU-CP of the RAN through the AMF network element.
步骤602,RAN的CU-CP确定终端设备需要从第一DU切换至第二DU时,CU-CP从第二DU获取第二DU的下行隧道信息。Step 602: When the CU-CP of the RAN determines that the terminal device needs to switch from the first DU to the second DU, the CU-CP obtains the downlink tunnel information of the second DU from the second DU.
具体地,终端设备可以通过当前接入的第一DU向RAN的CU-CP发送测量报告,RAN的CU-CP根据来自终端设备的测量报告,确定终端设备需要切换至第二DU。其中,测量报告可以包括UE测量的周围RAN的DU的接收信号功率等信息。Specifically, the terminal device may send a measurement report to the CU-CP of the RAN through the first DU currently accessed, and the CU-CP of the RAN determines that the terminal device needs to switch to the second DU according to the measurement report from the terminal device. Wherein, the measurement report may include information such as the received signal power of the surrounding RAN DU measured by the UE.
其中,第一DU为终端设备切换前接入的源DU,第二DU为终端设备切换后接入的目标DU,第二DU的下行隧道信息可以包括IP地址和GTP隧道端点标识(tunnel endpoint identifier,TEID)中的至少一个。示例性地,第二DU的下行隧道信息可以包括第一IP地址,第一IP地址为第二DU与CU-UPF网元之间进行通信时所使用的IP地址。Among them, the first DU is the source DU accessed by the terminal device before the handover, and the second DU is the target DU accessed by the terminal device after the handover. The downlink tunnel information of the second DU may include the IP address and the GTP tunnel endpoint identifier (tunnel endpoint identifier). , At least one of TEID). Exemplarily, the downlink tunnel information of the second DU may include a first IP address, and the first IP address is an IP address used for communication between the second DU and the CU-UPF network element.
在一种可能的实现中,CU-CP从第二DU获取第二DU的下行隧道信息的具体方式可以是:当CU-CP确定终端设备需要切换至第二DU时,CU-CP可以先向第二DU发送请求消息,该请求消息用于请求第二DU的下行隧道信息,第二DU在收到请求消息后向CU-CP发送响应消息,该响应消息中携带有该下行隧道信息。In a possible implementation, the specific way for the CU-CP to obtain the downlink tunnel information of the second DU from the second DU may be: when the CU-CP determines that the terminal device needs to switch to the second DU, the CU-CP may first The second DU sends a request message, which is used to request the downlink tunnel information of the second DU. After receiving the request message, the second DU sends a response message to the CU-CP, and the response message carries the downlink tunnel information.
步骤603,在终端设备从第一DU切换至第二DU的过程中,CU-CP通过该控制端口向CU-UPF网元发送该下行隧道信息。Step 603: During the process of the terminal device switching from the first DU to the second DU, the CU-CP sends the downlink tunnel information to the CU-UPF network element through the control port.
步骤604,CU-UPF网元根据第二DU的下行隧道信息和CU-UPF网元的下行隧道信 息,建立CU-UPF网元与第二DU之间的F1下行用户面连接。Step 604: The CU-UPF network element establishes an F1 downlink user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the second DU according to the downlink tunnel information of the second DU and the downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element.
其中,下文中又将CU-UPF网元与第二DU之间的F1下行用户面连接称为第一F1用户面连接。CU-UPF网元的下行隧道信息为CU-UPF网元与第一DU之间的第二F1用户面连接的下行隧道信息。Hereinafter, the F1 downlink user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the second DU is referred to as the first F1 user plane connection. The downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element is the downlink tunnel information of the second F1 user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the first DU.
其中,CU-UPF网元的下行隧道信息可以包括IP地址和GTP隧道端点标识(tunnel endpoint identifier,TEID)中的至少一个。示例性地,该CU-UPF网元的下行隧道信息可以包括第二IP地址,第二IP地址为CU-UPF网元通过第一DU与CU-UPF网元之间进行通信时所使用的IP地址。The downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element may include at least one of an IP address and a GTP tunnel endpoint identifier (tunnel endpoint identifier, TEID). Exemplarily, the downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element may include a second IP address, and the second IP address is the IP used when the CU-UPF network element communicates with the CU-UPF network element through the first DU address.
在一种可能的实现中,上述方法还可以包括:CU-CP通过控制端口从CU-UPF网元获取CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息,CU-CP向目标DU发送该CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息,第二DU根据该CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息和目标DU的上行隧道信息,建立第二DU和CU-UPF网元之间的上行用户面连接,以便于第二DU通过该上行用户面连接接收来自终端设备的上行数据。In a possible implementation, the above method may further include: the CU-CP obtains the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element from the CU-UPF network element through the control port, and the CU-CP sends the CU-UPF network element to the target DU According to the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element and the target DU’s uplink tunnel information, the second DU establishes an uplink user plane connection between the second DU and the CU-UPF network element to facilitate the second DU Receive the uplink data from the terminal device through the uplink user plane connection.
在一种可能的实现中,上述方法还可以包括:CU-CP通过控制端口还向CU-UPF网元发送验证信息,CU-UPF网元根据该验证信息确定CU-CP是否有获取上行隧道信息的权限,当CU-UPF网元确定CU-CP有获取上行隧道信息的权限时,则向CU-UPF网元发送CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息,否则的话,则不发送。In a possible implementation, the above method may further include: the CU-CP also sends verification information to the CU-UPF network element through the control port, and the CU-UPF network element determines whether the CU-CP has obtained uplink tunnel information according to the verification information. When the CU-UPF network element determines that the CU-CP has the authority to obtain the uplink tunnel information, it sends the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element to the CU-UPF network element, otherwise, it does not send it.
本申请实施例中的验证信息,可以为一种证书信息,根据该证书信息来验证权限;还可以为一种指示信息,指示相关的权限。The verification information in the embodiment of the present application may be a kind of certificate information, and the authority is verified according to the certificate information; it may also be a kind of instruction information indicating related authority.
此外,该验证信息还用于确定CU-CP是否具有修改上行隧道信息的权限。In addition, the verification information is also used to determine whether the CU-CP has the authority to modify the uplink tunnel information.
本申请实施例中,在终端设备所接入的RAN的DU发生切换时,CU-CP可以基于预先从核心网网元获取的控制端口与CU-UPF网元通信,CU-UPF网元可以基于控制端口从CU-UP获取的第二DU的下行隧道信息,从而完成终端设备切换后接入的第二DU和CU-UPF网元之间的用户面上下文的更新,这样可以避免执行第二DU和CU-UPF网元之间的F1用户面接口的重建,从而可以降低切换时延,改善因F1接口重建所造成的业务时延大和信令开销大的问题。In the embodiment of this application, when the DU of the RAN accessed by the terminal device is switched, the CU-CP can communicate with the CU-UPF network element based on the control port obtained in advance from the core network element, and the CU-UPF network element can be based on The control port obtains the downlink tunnel information of the second DU from the CU-UP, so as to complete the update of the user plane context between the second DU accessed after the terminal device is switched and the CU-UPF network element, so that the second DU can be avoided. The reconstruction of the F1 user plane interface with the CU-UPF network element can reduce the handover delay and improve the problem of large service delay and high signaling overhead caused by the reconstruction of the F1 interface.
图7A中,本申请实施例进一步以UE从连接到gNB的第一gNB-DU切换至gNB的第二gNB-DU的为例,对上述通信方法进行举例说明。In FIG. 7A, the embodiment of the present application further takes as an example the UE switching from the first gNB-DU connected to the gNB to the second gNB-DU of the gNB to illustrate the foregoing communication method.
步骤700,在PDU会话建立过程中,SMF网元通过AMF网元向gNB的gNB-CU-CP发送与该PDU会话对应的CU-UPF网元侧控制端口信息。Step 700: During the establishment of the PDU session, the SMF network element sends the CU-UPF network element side control port information corresponding to the PDU session to the gNB-CU-CP of the gNB through the AMF network element.
换句话说,SMF网元在PDU会话建立时向gNB-CU-CP下发CU-UPF网元侧控制端口信息,这样,gNB-CU-CP就可以通过该控制端口信息所指示的控制端口与CU-UPF网元建立通信,从而gNB的gNB-CU-CP可以向CU-UPF网元发送控制面数据。相当于,SMF网元授权gNB-CU-CP具有修改CU-UPF网元的用户面上下文的权限。In other words, the SMF network element sends the CU-UPF network element side control port information to the gNB-CU-CP when the PDU session is established. In this way, the gNB-CU-CP can communicate with the control port indicated by the control port information. The CU-UPF network element establishes communication, so that the gNB-CU-CP of the gNB can send control plane data to the CU-UPF network element. Equivalently, the SMF network element authorizes the gNB-CU-CP to have the authority to modify the user plane context of the CU-UPF network element.
在一种可能的实施例中,第一消息中还可以包括验证信息,例如验证信息为令牌(Token)。或者,SMF网元通过其它消息向gNB-CU-CP发送该验证信息。该验证信息用于CU-UPF网元确定gNB-CU-CP的权限,例如,用于CU-UPF网元确定gNB-CU-CP是否具有获取CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息的权限,或者说,用于CU-UPF网元确定gNB-CU-CP是否具有修改CU-UPF网元的用户面上下文的权限,或者说,用于CU-UPF网元确定gNB-CU-CP是否具有修改CU-UPF网元的F1接口的权限。In a possible embodiment, the first message may also include verification information, for example, the verification information is a token. Or, the SMF network element sends the verification information to the gNB-CU-CP through other messages. The verification information is used for the CU-UPF network element to determine the authority of gNB-CU-CP, for example, for the CU-UPF network element to determine whether the gNB-CU-CP has the authority to obtain the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element, or In other words, for the CU-UPF network element to determine whether the gNB-CU-CP has the authority to modify the user plane context of the CU-UPF network element, or for the CU-UPF network element to determine whether the gNB-CU-CP has the ability to modify the CU -The authority of the F1 interface of the UPF network element.
步骤701和步骤702,UE通过第一gNB-DU向gNB-CU-CP发送测量报告。In step 701 and step 702, the UE sends a measurement report to the gNB-CU-CP through the first gNB-DU.
其中,第一gNB-DU为UE切换前连接的源gNB-DU,该测量报告可以包括UE测量的周围gNB-DU的接收信号功率等信息,UE将该测量报告发送至gNB-CU-CP,由gNB-CU-CP确定UE是否需要切换gNB-DU。Wherein, the first gNB-DU is the source gNB-DU connected before the UE handover, the measurement report may include information such as the received signal power of the surrounding gNB-DU measured by the UE, and the UE sends the measurement report to the gNB-CU-CP, The gNB-CU-CP determines whether the UE needs to switch gNB-DU.
步骤703,当由gNB-CU-CP确定UE需要切换gNB-DU时,gNB-CU-CP通过控制端口向CU-UPF网元请求CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息。Step 703: When the gNB-CU-CP determines that the UE needs to switch the gNB-DU, the gNB-CU-CP requests the CU-UPF network element through the control port for the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element.
其中,该CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息指的是CU-UPF网元与第一gNB-DU之间的F1用户面连接中CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息,例如,CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息可以包括IP地址和GTP隧道端点标识。Wherein, the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element refers to the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element in the F1 user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the first gNB-DU, for example, the CU-UPF network The meta uplink tunnel information may include the IP address and the GTP tunnel endpoint identifier.
在一种可能的实施例中,该步骤703中,gNB-CU-CP还可以通过该控制端口向CU-UPF网元发送验证信息,例如gNB-CU-CP还可以通过该控制端口向CU-UPF网元发送承载上下文修改请求(BEARER CONTEXT MODIFICATION REQUEST),其中该承载上下文修改请求携带令牌(Token)。当步骤703中包括该步骤时,该方法实施例还可以包括如下步骤704。In a possible embodiment, in this step 703, the gNB-CU-CP may also send verification information to the CU-UPF network element through the control port. For example, the gNB-CU-CP may also send the verification information to the CU-UPF network element through the control port. The UPF network element sends a bearer context modification request (BEARER CONTEXT MODIFICATION REQUEST), where the bearer context modification request carries a token. When this step is included in step 703, the method embodiment may further include the following step 704.
步骤704,CU-UPF网元根据该验证信息对gNB-CU-CP权限进行验证。例如,CU-UPF网元根据令牌(Token)确定gNB-CU-CP是否具有获取上行隧道信息的权限。若是,则CU-UPF网元则执行步骤705,否则不执行步骤705。In step 704, the CU-UPF network element verifies the authority of the gNB-CU-CP according to the verification information. For example, the CU-UPF network element determines whether the gNB-CU-CP has the authority to obtain the uplink tunnel information according to the token. If so, the CU-UPF network element performs step 705; otherwise, step 705 is not performed.
步骤705,CU-UPF网元向gNB-CU-CP发送CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息。Step 705: The CU-UPF network element sends the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element to the gNB-CU-CP.
步骤706,gNB-CU-CP向第二gNB-DU转发该CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息,另外还向第二gNB-DU发送请求,该请求用于请求第二gNB-DU的下行隧道信息。Step 706, the gNB-CU-CP forwards the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element to the second gNB-DU, and also sends a request to the second gNB-DU, the request is used to request the downlink tunnel of the second gNB-DU information.
步骤707,第二gNB-DU接收CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息后,根据CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息和第二gNB-DU的上行隧道信息,建立第二gNB-DU和CU-UPF网元之间的F1上行用户面连接,以便于第二gNB-DU接收终端设备的上行数据。另外第二gNB-DU还向gNB-CU-CP发送第二gNB-DU的下行隧道信息。Step 707: After receiving the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element, the second gNB-DU establishes the second gNB-DU and CU-DU according to the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element and the uplink tunnel information of the second gNB-DU. F1 uplink user plane connection between UPF network elements, so that the second gNB-DU can receive the uplink data of the terminal equipment. In addition, the second gNB-DU also sends the downlink tunnel information of the second gNB-DU to the gNB-CU-CP.
步骤708和步骤709,gNB-CU-CP向第一gNB-DU发送切换指令,该切换指令用于指示UE从连接第一gNB-DU切换至连接第二gNB-DU。In step 708 and step 709, the gNB-CU-CP sends a handover instruction to the first gNB-DU, where the handover instruction is used to instruct the UE to switch from connecting to the first gNB-DU to connecting to the second gNB-DU.
例如,该切换指令为UE上下文修改请求(UE CONTEXT MODIFICATION REQUEST)消息,该UE上下文修改请求消息可以包含RRC重配置切换指令(Reconfiguration Handover Command),用于指示UE进行切换,当UE收到RRC重配置切换指令后,需要断开与第一gNB-DU的无线连接,并通过随机接入流程尝试接入第二gNB-DU。For example, the handover command is a UE context modification request (UE CONTEXT MODIFICATION REQUEST) message. The UE context modification request message may include an RRC reconfiguration handover command (Reconfiguration Handover Command) for instructing the UE to perform handover. When the UE receives an RRC reconfiguration After the handover instruction is configured, it is necessary to disconnect the wireless connection with the first gNB-DU, and try to access the second gNB-DU through the random access procedure.
步骤710,第一gNB-DU向UE发送RRC重配置信令后,停止向UE继续发送下行数据。Step 710: After sending the RRC reconfiguration signaling to the UE, the first gNB-DU stops sending downlink data to the UE.
可选地,第一gNB-DU还可以向CU-UPF网元发送下行数据发送状态消息,用于通知CU-UPF下行数据包的传输情况(例如告知哪些SN号的下行数据包已成功发送,主要用于同步PDCP数据包的SN号)。Optionally, the first gNB-DU may also send a downlink data transmission status message to the CU-UPF network element to notify the CU-UPF of the transmission status of the downlink data packet (for example, to inform which SN number of the downlink data packet has been successfully transmitted, Mainly used to synchronize the SN number of PDCP data packets).
步骤711,第一gNB-DU向gNB-CU-CP发送切换结果,该切换结果用于指示第一gNB-DU已中断与UE的无线连接,指示gNB-CU-CP停止向其发送数据。Step 711: The first gNB-DU sends a handover result to the gNB-CU-CP. The handover result is used to indicate that the first gNB-DU has interrupted the wireless connection with the UE and instruct the gNB-CU-CP to stop sending data to it.
示例性地,该切换结果可以携带在UE上下文修改响应(UE CONTEXT MODIFICATION RESPONSE)消息中,该UE上下文修改响应消息可以包括RRC重配置完成消息。Exemplarily, the handover result may be carried in a UE context modification response (UE CONTEXT MODIFICATION RESPONSE) message, and the UE context modification response message may include an RRC reconfiguration complete message.
步骤712,gNB-CU-CP向CU-UPF网元发送第二消息,例如第二消息为承载上下文修改请求(BEARER CONTEXT MODIFICATION REQUEST)消息,该消息中携带第二gNB-DU的下行隧道信息。Step 712: The gNB-CU-CP sends a second message to the CU-UPF network element. For example, the second message is a bearer context modification request (BEARER CONTEXT MODIFICATION REQUEST) message, and the message carries the downlink tunnel information of the second gNB-DU.
需要说明的是,该第二消息用于对CU-UPF网元的用户面上下文进行修改。此时CU-UPF与第二gNB-DU的F1接口上下行连接已经建立,且与第一gNB-DU已经没有用户面的数据交互。It should be noted that the second message is used to modify the user plane context of the CU-UPF network element. At this time, the uplink and downlink connection between the CU-UPF and the F1 interface of the second gNB-DU has been established, and there is no user plane data interaction with the first gNB-DU.
步骤713,CU-UPF网元根据第二gNB-DU的下行隧道信息和自身保存的CU-UPF网元的下行隧道信息,建立第二gNB-DU和CU-UPF网元之间的F1下行用户面连接,生成第二gNB-DU和CU-UPF网元之间的F1用户面上下文信息,并将修改后的F1用户面上下文信息上报至SMF网元,该F1用户面上下文信息包括gNB-DU的下行隧道信息,以及CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息和下行隧道信息。Step 713: The CU-UPF network element establishes an F1 downlink user between the second gNB-DU and the CU-UPF network element according to the downlink tunnel information of the second gNB-DU and the downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element stored by itself Plane connection, generate F1 user plane context information between the second gNB-DU and CU-UPF network element, and report the modified F1 user plane context information to the SMF network element. The F1 user plane context information includes gNB-DU The downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element, and the uplink tunnel information and downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element.
步骤714,SMF网元向CU-UPF网元通过N4消息反馈承载上下文修改响应(BEARER CONTEXT MODIFICATION RESPONSE),该承载上下文修改响应包括F1用户面上下文信息修改完成。In step 714, the SMF network element feeds back a bearer context modification response (BEARER CONTEXT MODIFICATION RESPONSE) to the CU-UPF network element through an N4 message. The bearer context modification response includes the completion of the F1 user plane context information modification.
步骤715,CU-UPF网元向gNB-CU-CP发送响应消息,例如该响应消息为端口上下文修改响应(BEARER CONTEXT MODIFICATION RESPONSE)消息,用于告知gNB-CU-CP已完成CU-UPF与第二gNB-DU的F1接口上下行连接,以及CU-UPF与第二gNB-DU的F1接口用户面上下文修改。In step 715, the CU-UPF network element sends a response message to the gNB-CU-CP. For example, the response message is a port context modification response (BEARER CONTEXT MODIFICATION RESPONSE) message, which is used to inform the gNB-CU-CP that the CU-UPF and the first The F1 interface of the second gNB-DU has uplink and downlink connections, and the user plane context modification of the F1 interface of the CU-UPF and the second gNB-DU.
步骤716,UE通过随机接入流程与第二gNB-DU建立无线连接。Step 716: The UE establishes a wireless connection with the second gNB-DU through a random access procedure.
步骤717和步骤718,UE通过第二gNB-DU向gNB-CU-CP发送RRC重配置完成(RRC Reconfiguration Complete)消息,该RRC重配置完成消息用于报告与第二gNB-DU的无线连接已经建立完成。In step 717 and step 718, the UE sends an RRC reconfiguration complete (RRC Reconfiguration Complete) message to the gNB-CU-CP through the second gNB-DU. The RRC reconfiguration complete message is used to report that the radio connection with the second gNB-DU has been completed. The establishment is complete.
步骤719,第二gNB-DU在与UE建立成功无线连接后,第二gNB-DU通过向CU-UPF网元发送下行数据发送状态,该下行数据发送状态用于指示CU-UPF网元开始向第二gNB-DU发送下行数据。Step 719: After the second gNB-DU establishes a successful wireless connection with the UE, the second gNB-DU sends a downlink data transmission status to the CU-UPF network element. The downlink data transmission status is used to instruct the CU-UPF network element to start sending The second gNB-DU sends downlink data.
该步骤715至步骤719可以与步骤714并行进行,也就是说CU-UPF网元无需等待SMF的响应消息就可以执行步骤715至步骤719。This step 715 to step 719 can be performed in parallel with step 714, that is, the CU-UPF network element can perform step 715 to step 719 without waiting for the SMF response message.
步骤720和步骤721,gNB-CU-CP指示第一gNB-DU释放UE的上下文信息,第一gNB-DU向gNB-CU-CP反馈UE的上下文释放完成消息。In step 720 and step 721, the gNB-CU-CP instructs the first gNB-DU to release the context information of the UE, and the first gNB-DU feeds back the context release completion message of the UE to the gNB-CU-CP.
结合图7B来说,本申请实施例中,通过由SMF网元在会话建立时向gNB-CU-CP下发CU-UPF的控制端口信息和验证信息,从而授权gNB-CU-CP在gNB-DU切换流程中,先修改CU-UPF网元与第二gNB-DU之间的下行用户面连接,最后再将修改之后的用户面上下文汇报给SMF网元进行同步,从而保证了gNB-DU的快速切换。需要说明的是,图7B中的控制连接区别于传统的E1接口,是个类似于用户面连接的临时连接,并非E1接口的设备级连接,仅与会话业务关联,不存在设备级关联,CU-UPF的升级调整等,与gNB-CU-CP的设置互不影响。With reference to Figure 7B, in this embodiment of the application, the SMF network element sends the control port information and verification information of the CU-UPF to the gNB-CU-CP when the session is established, thereby authorizing the gNB-CU-CP to be in the gNB-CU-CP. In the DU switching process, first modify the downlink user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the second gNB-DU, and finally report the modified user plane context to the SMF network element for synchronization, thereby ensuring the gNB-DU Switch quickly. It should be noted that the control connection in Figure 7B is different from the traditional E1 interface. It is a temporary connection similar to the user plane connection. It is not a device-level connection of the E1 interface. It is only associated with the session service. There is no device-level association. CU- UPF upgrade adjustments, etc., and gNB-CU-CP settings do not affect each other.
本申请实施例中,在UE所连接基站的DU发生切换时,CU-UPF利用控制端口获取第二DU的下行隧道信息,基于第二DU的下行隧道信息和CU-UPF的下行隧道信息,完成CU-UPF和目标DU之间的F1接口下行用户面上下文的更新,避免执行F1接口的重建带来的业务延迟和信令开销。这样,在UE在切换完成后,第二DU与CU-UPF网元之间 可以进行F1接口的用户面通信,使得UE在切换完成后尽快进行上下行数据传输,减少对终端业务延迟带来的影响。In the embodiment of this application, when the DU of the base station to which the UE is connected is switched, the CU-UPF uses the control port to obtain the downlink tunnel information of the second DU. Based on the downlink tunnel information of the second DU and the downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF, the completion The F1 interface between the CU-UPF and the target DU is updated in the downlink user plane context to avoid the service delay and signaling overhead caused by the reconstruction of the F1 interface. In this way, after the UE handover is completed, the user plane communication of the F1 interface can be carried out between the second DU and the CU-UPF network element, so that the UE can perform uplink and downlink data transmission as soon as possible after the handover is completed, and reduce the delay caused by the terminal service Influence.
实施例二,结合场景一的描述,如图8所示,为本申请实施例提供的第二种通信方法流程示意图。该方法包括如下步骤。The second embodiment, combined with the description of
步骤801,RAN的第二DU接收来自RAN的CU-CP的第一信息。Step 801: The second DU of the RAN receives the first information from the CU-CP of the RAN.
其中,所述第一信息用于授权第二DU发送的用户面数据包具有传输控制面数据的权限。第一信息可以承载于N2消息中,例如第一消息是UE上下文修改/重建请求(UE context Modification/Establishment request)消息。Wherein, the first information is used to authorize the user plane data packet sent by the second DU to have the authority to transmit control plane data. The first information may be carried in the N2 message. For example, the first message is a UE context modification/establishment request (UE context Modification/Establishment request) message.
步骤802,在终端设备从第一DU切换至第二DU过程中,第二DU向CU-UPF网元发送携带有第二DU的下行隧道信息的用户面数据包。Step 802: In the process of the terminal device switching from the first DU to the second DU, the second DU sends a user plane data packet carrying the downlink tunnel information of the second DU to the CU-UPF network element.
其中,第二DU的下行隧道信息可以包括IP地址和GTP隧道端点标识(tunnel endpoint identifier,TEID)中的至少一个。示例性地,第二DU的下行隧道信息可以包括第一IP地址,第一IP地址为第二DU与CU-UPF网元之间进行通信时所使用的IP地址。Wherein, the downlink tunnel information of the second DU may include at least one of an IP address and a GTP tunnel endpoint identifier (tunnel endpoint identifier, TEID). Exemplarily, the downlink tunnel information of the second DU may include a first IP address, and the first IP address is an IP address used for communication between the second DU and the CU-UPF network element.
在一种可能的实施例中,RAN的CU-CP还可以从SMF网元获取验证信息,RAN的CU-CP可以将该验证信息发送至第二DU,这样第二DU向CU-UPF网元发送的用户面数据包中还可以携带该验证信息,以便于CU-UPF网元确认第二DU是否具有请求建立所述第一F1用户面连接的权限。In a possible embodiment, the CU-CP of the RAN may also obtain verification information from the SMF network element, and the CU-CP of the RAN may send the verification information to the second DU, so that the second DU sends the verification information to the CU-UPF network element. The sent user plane data packet may also carry the verification information, so that the CU-UPF network element can confirm whether the second DU has the authority to request the establishment of the first F1 user plane connection.
步骤803,CU-UPF网元根据第二DU侧下行隧道信息和CU-UPF网元的下行隧道信息,建立CU-UPF网元与第二DU之间的第一F1用户面连接。Step 803: The CU-UPF network element establishes a first F1 user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the second DU according to the downlink tunnel information on the second DU side and the downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element.
其中,上行隧道信息为CU-UPF网元与第一DU之间的F1用户面连接的上行隧道信息。Wherein, the uplink tunnel information is the uplink tunnel information of the F1 user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the first DU.
其中,CU-UPF网元的下行隧道信息可以包括IP地址和GTP隧道端点标识(tunnel endpoint identifier,TEID)中的至少一个。示例性地,CU-UPF网元的下行隧道信息可以包括第二IP地址,第二IP地址为CU-UPF网元侧通过第一DU与CU-UPF网元之间进行通信时所使用的IP地址。The downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element may include at least one of an IP address and a GTP tunnel endpoint identifier (tunnel endpoint identifier, TEID). Exemplarily, the downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element may include a second IP address, and the second IP address is the IP used when the CU-UPF network element side communicates between the first DU and the CU-UPF network element. address.
在一种可能的实现中,上述方法还可以包括:第二DU通过CU-CP从CU-UPF网元获取CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息,第二DU根据该CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息和目标DU的上行隧道信息,建立第二DU和CU-UPF网元之间的上行用户面连接,以便于第二DU通过该上行用户面连接接收来自终端设备的上行数据。In a possible implementation, the above method may further include: the second DU obtains the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element from the CU-UPF network element through the CU-CP, and the second DU obtains the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element according to the CU-UPF network element. The tunnel information and the uplink tunnel information of the target DU establish an uplink user plane connection between the second DU and the CU-UPF network element, so that the second DU receives uplink data from the terminal device through the uplink user plane connection.
在一种可能的实现中,上述方法还可以包括:第二DU还可以通过用户面数据包向CU-UPF网元发送验证信息,CU-UPF网元根据该验证信息确定第二DU是否有获取上行隧道信息的权限,当CU-UPF网元确定第二DU有获取上行隧道信息的权限时,则向第二DU发送CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息,否则的话,则不发送。In a possible implementation, the above method may further include: the second DU may also send verification information to the CU-UPF network element through a user plane data packet, and the CU-UPF network element determines whether the second DU has acquired according to the verification information For the authority of the upstream tunnel information, when the CU-UPF network element determines that the second DU has the authority to obtain the upstream tunnel information, it sends the upstream tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element to the second DU; otherwise, it does not send it.
本申请实施例中,在终端设备所接入的RAN的DU发生切换时,CU-CP可以授权终端设备需要切换接入的第二DU的用户面数据包具有发送控制面数据的权限,从而可以利用用户面数据包向CU-UPF网元发送下行隧道信息,从而完成终端设备切换后接入的第二DU和CU-UPF网元之间的用户面上下文的更新,这样可以避免执行第二DU和CU-UPF网元之间的F1用户面上下文的重建,从而可以降低切换时延,改善因F1接口重建所造成的业务时延大和信令开销大的问题。In the embodiment of this application, when the DU of the RAN accessed by the terminal device is switched, the CU-CP can authorize the user plane data packet of the second DU to which the terminal device needs to switch to have the authority to send control plane data, so that Utilize user plane data packets to send downlink tunnel information to the CU-UPF network element, thereby completing the update of the user plane context between the second DU accessed after the terminal device is switched and the CU-UPF network element, so as to avoid executing the second DU The F1 user plane context reconstruction between the CU-UPF network element and the CU-UPF network element can reduce the handover delay and improve the problem of large service delay and high signaling overhead caused by the F1 interface reconstruction.
图9A中,本申请实施例进一步以UE从连接到gNB的第一gNB-DU切换至gNB的第二gNB-DU的为例,对上述通信方法进行举例说明。In FIG. 9A, the embodiment of the present application further takes as an example the UE switching from the first gNB-DU connected to the gNB to the second gNB-DU of the gNB to illustrate the foregoing communication method.
可选地,步骤900,在PDU会话建立过程中,SMF网元通过AMF网元向gNB的gNB-CU-CP发送验证信息,该验证信息可以包括令牌(Token),该验证信息用于CU-UPF网元确定第二gNB-DU的权限,例如,用于CU-UPF网元确定第二gNB-DU是否具有获取CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息的权限,或者说,用于CU-UPF网元确定第二gNB-DU是否具有修改CU-UPF网元的用户面上下文的权限,或者说,用于CU-UPF网元确定第二gNB-DU是否具有修改CU-UPF网元的F1接口的权限。Optionally, in step 900, during the PDU session establishment process, the SMF network element sends verification information to the gNB-CU-CP of the gNB through the AMF network element. The verification information may include a token, and the verification information is used for the CU. -The UPF network element determines the authority of the second gNB-DU, for example, for the CU-UPF network element to determine whether the second gNB-DU has the authority to obtain the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element, or in other words, for the CU- The UPF network element determines whether the second gNB-DU has the authority to modify the user plane context of the CU-UPF network element, in other words, it is used for the CU-UPF network element to determine whether the second gNB-DU has F1 to modify the CU-UPF network element The permissions of the interface.
步骤901至步骤902,UE通过第一gNB-DU发送测量报告至gNB-CU-CP,触发切换流程。From step 901 to step 902, the UE sends a measurement report to the gNB-CU-CP through the first gNB-DU to trigger the handover procedure.
其中,该测量报告可以包括UE测量的周围gNB-DU的接收信号功率等信息,UE将该测量报告发送至gNB-CU-CP,由gNB-CU-CP确定UE是否需要切换gNB-DU。The measurement report may include information such as the received signal power of the surrounding gNB-DU measured by the UE. The UE sends the measurement report to the gNB-CU-CP, and the gNB-CU-CP determines whether the UE needs to switch the gNB-DU.
步骤903,当gNB-CU-CP确定UE需要切换至第二gNB-DU时,gNB-CU-CP向第二gNB-DU转发该CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息,另外,还向第二gNB-DU发送请求,该请求用于请求建立F1上行用户面连接。Step 903: When the gNB-CU-CP determines that the UE needs to switch to the second gNB-DU, the gNB-CU-CP forwards the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element to the second gNB-DU. The gNB-DU sends a request, which is used to request the establishment of an F1 uplink user plane connection.
其中,该CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息指的是CU-UPF网元与第一gNB-DU之间的F1用户面连接中CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息,例如,CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息可以包括IP地址和GTP隧道端点标识。Wherein, the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element refers to the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element in the F1 user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the first gNB-DU, for example, the CU-UPF network The meta uplink tunnel information may include the IP address and the GTP tunnel endpoint identifier.
其中,该第二gNB-DU的下行隧道信息用于建立CU-UPF网元与第二gNB-DU之间的F1下行用户面连接,其中,第二gNB-DU的下行隧道信息可以包括IP地址和GTP隧道端点标识。Wherein, the downlink tunnel information of the second gNB-DU is used to establish an F1 downlink user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the second gNB-DU, where the downlink tunnel information of the second gNB-DU may include an IP address And GTP tunnel endpoint identification.
步骤904,第二gNB-DU接收CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息后,根据CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息和第二gNB-DU的上行隧道信息,建立第二gNB-DU和CU-UPF网元之间的F1上行用户面连接,以便于第二gNB-DU接收终端设备的上行数据。另外第二gNB-DU向gNB-CU-CP发送响应,该响应包括F1上行用户面连接建立完成。Step 904: After receiving the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element, the second gNB-DU establishes the second gNB-DU and CU-DU according to the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element and the uplink tunnel information of the second gNB-DU. F1 uplink user plane connection between UPF network elements, so that the second gNB-DU can receive the uplink data of the terminal equipment. In addition, the second gNB-DU sends a response to the gNB-CU-CP, and the response includes the completion of the F1 uplink user plane connection establishment.
步骤905,gNB-CU-CP向第一gNB-DU发送切换指令,该切换指令用于指示UE从连接第一gNB-DU切换至连接第二gNB-DU。Step 905: The gNB-CU-CP sends a handover instruction to the first gNB-DU, where the handover instruction is used to instruct the UE to switch from connecting to the first gNB-DU to connecting to the second gNB-DU.
例如,该切换指令为UE上下文修改请求(UE CONTEXT MODIFICATION REQUEST)消息,该UE上下文修改请求消息可以包含RRC重配置切换指令(Reconfiguration Handover Command),用于指示UE进行切换,当UE收到RRC重配置切换指令后,需要断开与第一gNB-DU的无线连接,并通过随机接入流程尝试接入第二gNB-DU。For example, the handover command is a UE context modification request (UE CONTEXT MODIFICATION REQUEST) message. The UE context modification request message may include an RRC reconfiguration handover command (Reconfiguration Handover Command) for instructing the UE to perform handover. When the UE receives an RRC reconfiguration After the handover instruction is configured, it is necessary to disconnect the wireless connection with the first gNB-DU, and try to access the second gNB-DU through the random access procedure.
步骤906,第一gNB-DU向UE发送RRC重配置信令后,停止向UE继续发送下行数据。Step 906: After the first gNB-DU sends RRC reconfiguration signaling to the UE, it stops sending downlink data to the UE.
步骤907,第一gNB-DU向CU-UPF网元发送下行数据发送状态(Downlink Data Delivery Status)消息,用于汇报数据传输情况并指示CU-UPF停止向其发送下行数据。Step 907: The first gNB-DU sends a Downlink Data Delivery Status (Downlink Data Delivery Status) message to the CU-UPF network element, which is used to report the data transmission status and instruct the CU-UPF to stop sending downlink data to it.
步骤908,第一gNB-DU向gNB-CU-CP发送切换结果,该切换结果用于指示第一gNB-DU已中断与UE的无线连接,指示gNB-CU-CP停止向其发送数据。Step 908: The first gNB-DU sends a handover result to the gNB-CU-CP. The handover result is used to indicate that the first gNB-DU has interrupted the wireless connection with the UE and instruct the gNB-CU-CP to stop sending data to it.
示例性地,该切换结果可以携带在UE上下文修改响应(UE CONTEXT MODIFICATION RESPONSE)消息中,该UE上下文修改响应消息可以包括RRC重配置 完成消息。Exemplarily, the handover result may be carried in a UE context modification response (UE CONTEXT MODIFICATION RESPONSE) message, and the UE context modification response message may include an RRC reconfiguration complete message.
步骤909,UE通过随机接入流程与第二gNB-DU建立无线连接。Step 909: The UE establishes a wireless connection with the second gNB-DU through a random access procedure.
步骤910,第二gNB-DU向CU-UPF网元发送携带有下行隧道信息的用户面数据包,例如用户面数据包,例如下行数据发送状态(Downlink Data Delivery Status)消息,该用户面数据包包含第二gNB-DU的下行隧道信息。Step 910: The second gNB-DU sends a user plane data packet carrying downlink tunnel information, such as a user plane data packet, such as a Downlink Data Delivery Status message, to the CU-UPF network element, the user plane data packet Contains the downlink tunnel information of the second gNB-DU.
在一种可能的实施例中,该用户面数据包还可以包括验证信息,当步骤910中包括该验证信息时,该方法实施例还可以包括如下步骤911。In a possible embodiment, the user plane data packet may further include verification information. When the verification information is included in step 910, the method embodiment may further include the following step 911.
步骤911,CU-UPF网元根据该验证信息第二gNB-CU权限进行验证。例如,CU-UPF网元根据令牌(Token)确定第二gNB-CU是否具有修改F1用户面连接的权限。若是,则CU-UPF网元则执行步骤912,否则不执行步骤912。In step 911, the CU-UPF network element performs verification according to the second gNB-CU authority of the verification information. For example, the CU-UPF network element determines whether the second gNB-CU has the authority to modify the F1 user plane connection according to the token. If so, the CU-UPF network element performs step 912; otherwise, step 912 is not performed.
步骤912,CU-UPF网元在验证通过后向第二gNB-DU发送UE的下行数据。In step 912, the CU-UPF network element sends the downlink data of the UE to the second gNB-DU after the verification is passed.
步骤913,CU-UPF网元修改第二gNB-DU和CU-UPF网元之间的F1用户面上下文信息,并将修改后的F1用户面上下文信息上报至SMF网元。Step 913: The CU-UPF network element modifies the F1 user plane context information between the second gNB-DU and the CU-UPF network element, and reports the modified F1 user plane context information to the SMF network element.
步骤914,SMF网元向CU-UPF网元通过N4消息反馈承载上下文修改响应(BEARER CONTEXT MODIFICATION RESPONSE),该承载上下文修改响应包括F1用户面上下文信息修改完成。In step 914, the SMF network element feeds back a bearer context modification response (BEARER CONTEXT MODIFICATION RESPONSE) to the CU-UPF network element through an N4 message, and the bearer context modification response includes the completion of the F1 user plane context information modification.
步骤915和步骤916,UE通过第二gNB-DU向gNB-CU-CP发送RRC重配置完成(RRC Reconfiguration Complete)消息,该RRC重配置完成消息用于报告与第二gNB-DU的无线连接已经建立完成。In step 915 and step 916, the UE sends an RRC reconfiguration complete (RRC Reconfiguration Complete) message to the gNB-CU-CP through the second gNB-DU. The RRC reconfiguration complete message is used to report that the radio connection with the second gNB-DU has been completed. The establishment is complete.
步骤917和步骤918,gNB-CU-CP指示第一gNB-DU释放UE的上下文信息,第一gNB-DU向gNB-CU-CP反馈UE的上下文释放完成消息。In step 917 and step 918, the gNB-CU-CP instructs the first gNB-DU to release the context information of the UE, and the first gNB-DU feeds back the context release completion message of the UE to the gNB-CU-CP.
步骤918,SMF网元通过AMF网元向gNB-CU-CP反馈UE上下文修改响应消息,该UE上下文修改响应消息包括F1用户面上下文的更新信息。In step 918, the SMF network element feeds back a UE context modification response message to the gNB-CU-CP through the AMF network element, and the UE context modification response message includes update information of the F1 user plane context.
结合图9B来说,本申请实施例中,可以核心网网元通过对用户面数据的授权,使得第二DU向CU-UPF网元发送的用户面数据包可以携带第二DU的下行隧道信息,从而在gNB-DU切换流程中,先修改CU-UPF网元与第二gNB-DU之间的下行用户面连接,最后再将修改之后的用户面上下文汇报给SMF网元进行同步,从而保证了gNB-DU的快速切换。With reference to Figure 9B, in this embodiment of the application, the core network element can authorize user plane data so that the user plane data packet sent by the second DU to the CU-UPF network element can carry the downlink tunnel information of the second DU Therefore, in the gNB-DU handover process, first modify the downlink user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the second gNB-DU, and finally report the modified user plane context to the SMF network element for synchronization to ensure Fast handover of gNB-DU.
本申请实施例中,在UE所连接基站的DU发生切换时,第二DU利用用户面数据包向CU-UPF网元发送下行隧道信息,CU-UPF网元基于第二DU的下行隧道信息和CU-UPF的上行隧道信息,完成CU-UPF和目标DU之间的F1接口用户面上下文的更新,避免执行F1接口的重建带来的业务延迟和信令开销。这样,在UE在切换完成后,第二DU与CU-UPF网元之间可以进行F1接口的用户面通信,使得UE在切换完成后尽快进行上下行数据传输,减少对终端业务延迟带来的影响。In the embodiment of this application, when the DU of the base station to which the UE is connected is switched, the second DU uses user plane data packets to send downlink tunnel information to the CU-UPF network element, and the CU-UPF network element is based on the downlink tunnel information of the second DU and The uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF completes the update of the user plane context of the F1 interface between the CU-UPF and the target DU, and avoids the service delay and signaling overhead caused by the reconstruction of the F1 interface. In this way, after the UE handover is completed, the user plane communication of the F1 interface can be carried out between the second DU and the CU-UPF network element, so that the UE can transmit uplink and downlink data as soon as possible after the handover is completed, and reduce the delay caused by the terminal service. Influence.
场景二Scene two
实施例三Example three
结合场景二的描述,如图10所示,为本申请实施例提供的第三种通信方法流程示意图。参见图10,该方法包括如下步骤。Combined with the description of scenario 2, as shown in FIG. 10, it is a schematic flow diagram of the third communication method provided by the embodiment of this application. Referring to Figure 10, the method includes the following steps.
步骤1001,第二RAN的第二CU-CP通过第一RAN的第一CU-CP接收来自SMF网元的控制端口信息。Step 1001: The second CU-CP of the second RAN receives control port information from the SMF network element through the first CU-CP of the first RAN.
其中,该控制端口信息所指示的控制端口又可以被称为临时的E1端口,该控制端口信息所指示的控制端口是CU-UPF网元的控制端口,且是与终端设备的PDU会话对应的控制端口。也就是说,该控制端口是与会话一一对应的。Among them, the control port indicated by the control port information can be called a temporary E1 port, and the control port indicated by the control port information is the control port of the CU-UPF network element and corresponds to the PDU session of the terminal device Control port. In other words, the control port corresponds to the session one-to-one.
在一种可能的实现中,该控制端口信息可以承载于N2消息中。In a possible implementation, the control port information can be carried in the N2 message.
步骤1002,当终端设备从第一RAN的第一DU切换至第二RAN的第二DU时,第二CU-CP从第二DU获取用于建立第一F1用户面连接的第二DU的下行隧道信息。Step 1002: When the terminal device switches from the first DU of the first RAN to the second DU of the second RAN, the second CU-CP obtains from the second DU the downlink of the second DU used to establish the first F1 user plane connection Tunnel information.
具体地,终端设备可以通过当前接入的第一DU向第一RAN的CU-CP发送测量报告,第一RAN的CU-CP再向第二RAN的CU-CP转发该测量报告,第二RAN的CU-CP根据来自终端设备的测量报告,确定终端设备需要切换至第二DU。其中,测量报告可以包括UE测量的周围RAN的DU的接收信号功率等信息。Specifically, the terminal device may send a measurement report to the CU-CP of the first RAN through the first DU currently accessed, and the CU-CP of the first RAN forwards the measurement report to the CU-CP of the second RAN, and the second RAN According to the measurement report from the terminal device, the CU-CP determines that the terminal device needs to switch to the second DU. Wherein, the measurement report may include information such as the received signal power of the surrounding RAN DU measured by the UE.
其中,第一DU为终端设备切换前接入的源DU,第二DU为终端设备切换后接入的目标DU,第二DU的下行隧道信息可以包括IP地址和GTP隧道端点标识(tunnel endpoint identifier,TEID)中的至少一个。示例性地,第二DU的下行隧道信息可以包括第一IP地址,第一IP地址为第二DU与CU-UPF网元之间进行通信时所使用的IP地址。Among them, the first DU is the source DU accessed by the terminal device before the handover, and the second DU is the target DU accessed by the terminal device after the handover. The downlink tunnel information of the second DU may include the IP address and the GTP tunnel endpoint identifier (tunnel endpoint identifier). , At least one of TEID). Exemplarily, the downlink tunnel information of the second DU may include a first IP address, and the first IP address is an IP address used for communication between the second DU and the CU-UPF network element.
在一种可能的实现中,CU-CP从第二DU获取第二DU的下行隧道信息的具体方式可以参见上述步骤602,在此不再重复赘述。In a possible implementation, the specific manner in which the CU-CP obtains the downlink tunnel information of the second DU from the second DU may refer to the foregoing step 602, which will not be repeated here.
步骤1003,在终端设备从第一DU切换至第二DU的过程中,第二CU-CP通过控制端口向CU-UPF网元发送该下行隧道信息。Step 1003: In the process of the terminal device switching from the first DU to the second DU, the second CU-CP sends the downlink tunnel information to the CU-UPF network element through the control port.
步骤1004,CU-UPF网元根据第二DU的下行隧道信息和CU_UPF网元的下行隧道信息,建立CU-UPF网元与第二DU之间的F1下行用户面连接。Step 1004: The CU-UPF network element establishes an F1 downlink user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the second DU according to the downlink tunnel information of the second DU and the downlink tunnel information of the CU_UPF network element.
其中,本文中又将CU-UPF网元与第二DU之间的F1下行用户面连接称为第一F1用户面连接。CU-UPF网元的下行隧道信息为CU-UPF网元与第一DU之间的第二F1用户面连接的下行隧道信息。其中,CU-UPF网元的下行隧道信息可以包括IP地址和GTP隧道端点标识(tunnel endpoint identifier,TEID)中的至少一个。Among them, the F1 downlink user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the second DU is also referred to as the first F1 user plane connection in this article. The downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element is the downlink tunnel information of the second F1 user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the first DU. The downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element may include at least one of an IP address and a GTP tunnel endpoint identifier (tunnel endpoint identifier, TEID).
在一种可能的实现中,上述方法还可以包括:第二RAN的第二CU-CP通过控制端口从CU-UPF网元获取CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息,第二CU-CP向第二DU发送该CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息,第二DU根据该CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息和目标DU的上行隧道信息,建立第二DU和CU-UPF网元之间的上行用户面连接,以便于第二DU通过该上行用户面连接接收来自终端设备的上行数据。In a possible implementation, the foregoing method may further include: the second CU-CP of the second RAN obtains the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element from the CU-UPF network element through the control port, and the second CU-CP sends the information to the second CU-UPF network element. The second DU sends the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element, and the second DU establishes the uplink between the second DU and the CU-UPF network element according to the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element and the uplink tunnel information of the target DU The user plane connection, so that the second DU receives the uplink data from the terminal device through the uplink user plane connection.
在一种可能的实现中,上述方法还可以包括:第二CU-CP通过控制端口还向CU-UPF网元发送验证信息,CU-UPF网元根据该验证信息确定第二CU-CP是否有获取上行隧道信息的权限,当CU-UPF网元确定第二CU-CP有获取上行隧道信息的权限时,则向CU-UPF网元向第二CU-CP发送CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息,否则的话,则不发送。In a possible implementation, the foregoing method may further include: the second CU-CP further sends verification information to the CU-UPF network element through the control port, and the CU-UPF network element determines whether the second CU-CP has the verification information according to the verification information. The authority to obtain the uplink tunnel information. When the CU-UPF network element determines that the second CU-CP has the authority to obtain the uplink tunnel information, it sends the uplink tunnel of the CU-UPF network element to the CU-UPF network element to the second CU-CP Information, otherwise, it is not sent.
在一种可能的实现中,CU-UPF网元将第二DU的下行隧道信息,以及CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息和下行隧道信息,发送至核心网网元。In a possible implementation, the CU-UPF network element sends the downlink tunnel information of the second DU, and the uplink tunnel information and downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element to the core network element.
本申请实施例中,在终端设备在不同RAN服务的范围内从第一RAN的第一DU切换至第二RAN的第二DU,第二RAN的第二CU-CP可以基于预先从核心网网元获取的控制端口与CU-UPF网元通信,CU-UPF网元可以基于控制端口从第二CU-UP获取的第二 DU的下行隧道信息,从而完成终端设备切换后接入的第二DU和CU-UPF网元之间的下行用户面连接的建立,这样可以避免执行第二DU和CU-UPF网元之间的F1用户面接口的重建,从而可以降低切换时延,改善因F1接口重建所造成的业务时延大和信令开销大的问题。In the embodiment of the present application, when the terminal device is switched from the first DU of the first RAN to the second DU of the second RAN within the service range of different RANs, the second CU-CP of the second RAN may be based on the The control port obtained by the element communicates with the CU-UPF network element. The CU-UPF network element can obtain the downlink tunnel information of the second DU from the second CU-UP based on the control port, thereby completing the second DU accessed after the terminal device is switched. The establishment of the downlink user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the CU-UPF network element can avoid the implementation of the F1 user plane interface reconstruction between the second DU and the CU-UPF network element, thereby reducing the handover delay and improving the F1 interface The problems of long service delay and high signaling overhead caused by reconstruction.
图11A中,本申请实施例进一步以UE从连接到第一gNB的第一gNB-DU切换至第二gNB的第二gNB-DU的为例,对上述通信方法进行举例说明。需要说明的,第一gNB为终端切换前接入的源gNB,第二gNB位终端切换后接入的目标gNB,第一gNB-DU为源gNB的分布式单元,第二gNB-DU为目标gNB的分布式单元,第一gNB-CU-CP为源gNB的控制面实体,第二gNB-CU-CP为目标gNB的控制面实体。In FIG. 11A, the embodiment of the present application further takes as an example the UE switching from the first gNB-DU connected to the first gNB to the second gNB-DU of the second gNB to illustrate the foregoing communication method. It should be noted that the first gNB is the source gNB that the terminal accesses before handover, the second gNB is the target gNB that the terminal accesses after the handover, the first gNB-DU is the distributed unit of the source gNB, and the second gNB-DU is the target In the distributed unit of the gNB, the first gNB-CU-CP is the control plane entity of the source gNB, and the second gNB-CU-CP is the control plane entity of the target gNB.
步骤1100,在PDU会话建立过程中,SMF网元通过AMF网元向第一gNB的第一gNB-CU-CP发送与该PDU会话对应的CU-UPF网元的控制端口信息,第一gNB的第一gNB-CU-CP将该控制端口信息转发至第二gNB的第二gNB-CU-CP。Step 1100: During the establishment of the PDU session, the SMF network element sends the control port information of the CU-UPF network element corresponding to the PDU session to the first gNB-CU-CP of the first gNB through the AMF network element, The first gNB-CU-CP forwards the control port information to the second gNB-CU-CP of the second gNB.
换句话说,SMF网元在PDU会话建立时向第二gNB-CU-CP下发CU-UPF网元侧控制端口信息,这样,第二gNB-CU-CP就可以通过该控制端口信息所指示的控制端口与CU-UPF网元建立通信,从而第二gNB的第二gNB-CU-CP可以向CU-UPF网元发送控制面数据。相当于,SMF网元授权第二gNB-CU-CP具有修改CU-UPF网元的用户面上下文的权限。In other words, the SMF network element issues the CU-UPF network element side control port information to the second gNB-CU-CP when the PDU session is established, so that the second gNB-CU-CP can be indicated by the control port information Establish communication with the CU-UPF network element, so that the second gNB-CU-CP of the second gNB can send control plane data to the CU-UPF network element. It is equivalent to that the SMF network element authorizes the second gNB-CU-CP to have the authority to modify the user plane context of the CU-UPF network element.
在一种可能的实施例中,第一消息中还可以包括验证信息,例如验证信息为令牌(Token)。或者,SMF网元通过其它消息向第二gNB-CU-CP发送该验证信息。该验证信息用于CU-UPF网元确定gNB-CU-CP的权限,例如,用于CU-UPF网元确定第二gNB-CU-CP是否具有获取CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息的权限,或者说,用于CU-UPF网元确定第二gNB-CU-CP是否具有修改CU-UPF网元的用户面上下文的权限,或者说,用于CU-UPF网元确定第二gNB-CU-CP是否具有修改CU-UPF网元的F1接口的权限。In a possible embodiment, the first message may also include verification information, for example, the verification information is a token. Or, the SMF network element sends the verification information to the second gNB-CU-CP through other messages. The verification information is used for the CU-UPF network element to determine the authority of the gNB-CU-CP, for example, for the CU-UPF network element to determine whether the second gNB-CU-CP has the authority to obtain the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element , In other words, for the CU-UPF network element to determine whether the second gNB-CU-CP has the authority to modify the user plane context of the CU-UPF network element, or for the CU-UPF network element to determine the second gNB-CU -Whether the CP has the authority to modify the F1 interface of the CU-UPF network element.
步骤1101和步骤1102,UE通过第一gNB的gNB-DU向第一gNB的gNB-CU-CP发送测量报告。In step 1101 and step 1102, the UE sends a measurement report to the gNB-CU-CP of the first gNB through the gNB-DU of the first gNB.
其中,第一gNB-DU为UE切换前连接的源gNB-DU,该测量报告可以包括UE测量的周围gNB-DU的接收信号功率等信息,UE将该测量报告发送至第一gNB-CU-CP,由gNB-CU-CP确定UE是否需要切换gNB-DU。Wherein, the first gNB-DU is the source gNB-DU connected before the UE handover, the measurement report may include information such as the received signal power of surrounding gNB-DUs measured by the UE, and the UE sends the measurement report to the first gNB-CU- CP, gNB-CU-CP determines whether the UE needs to switch gNB-DU.
步骤1103,当第一gNB-CU-CP根据测量报告,确定UE需要切换gNB-DU时,第一gNB-CU-CP向第二gNB-CU-CP发送切换请求,该切换请求用于请求终端设备切换至第二gNB-CU-CP的第二gNB-DU。Step 1103: When the first gNB-CU-CP determines that the UE needs to switch gNB-DU according to the measurement report, the first gNB-CU-CP sends a handover request to the second gNB-CU-CP, and the handover request is used to request the terminal The device switches to the second gNB-DU of the second gNB-CU-CP.
步骤1104,第二gNB-CU-CP通过控制端口向CU-UPF网元请求CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息。Step 1104: The second gNB-CU-CP requests the CU-UPF network element for uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element through the control port.
其中,该CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息指的是CU-UPF网元与第一gNB-DU之间的F1用户面连接中CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息,例如,CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息可以包括IP地址和GTP隧道端点标识。Wherein, the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element refers to the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element in the F1 user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the first gNB-DU, for example, the CU-UPF network The meta uplink tunnel information may include the IP address and the GTP tunnel endpoint identifier.
在一种可能的实施例中,该步骤1104中,第二gNB-CU-CP还可以通过该控制端口向CU-UPF网元发送验证信息,例如第二gNB-CU-CP还可以通过该控制端口向CU-UPF网元发送承载上下文修改请求(BEARER CONTEXT MODIFICATION REQUEST),其中该承载上下文修改请求携带令牌(Token)。当步骤1104中包括该验证信息时,该方法实施例 还可以包括如下步骤1105。In a possible embodiment, in this step 1104, the second gNB-CU-CP may also send verification information to the CU-UPF network element through the control port. For example, the second gNB-CU-CP may also send verification information through the control port. The port sends a bearer context modification request (BEARER CONTEXT MODIFICATION REQUEST) to the CU-UPF network element, where the bearer context modification request carries a token. When the verification information is included in step 1104, the method embodiment may further include the following step 1105.
步骤1105,CU-UPF网元根据该验证信息对第二gNB-CU-CP权限进行验证。例如,CU-UPF网元根据令牌(Token)确定第二gNB-CU-CP是否具有获取上行隧道信息的权限。若是,则CU-UPF网元则执行步骤1106,否则不执行步骤1106。Step 1105: The CU-UPF network element verifies the authority of the second gNB-CU-CP according to the verification information. For example, the CU-UPF network element determines whether the second gNB-CU-CP has the authority to obtain uplink tunnel information according to the token. If so, the CU-UPF network element performs step 1106; otherwise, step 1106 is not performed.
步骤1106,CU-UPF网元向第二gNB-CU-CP发送CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息。Step 1106: The CU-UPF network element sends the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element to the second gNB-CU-CP.
步骤1107,第二gNB-CU-CP向第二gNB-DU转发该CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息,另外还向第二gNB-DU发送请求,该请求用于请求第二gNB-DU的下行隧道信息。Step 1107: The second gNB-CU-CP forwards the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element to the second gNB-DU, and also sends a request to the second gNB-DU. The request is used to request the second gNB-DU Downlink tunnel information.
步骤1108,第二gNB-DU接收CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息后,根据CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息和第二gNB-DU的上行隧道信息,建立第二gNB-DU和CU-UPF网元之间的F1上行用户面连接,以便于第二gNB-DU接收终端设备的上行数据。另外第二gNB-DU还向gNB-CU-CP发送第二gNB-DU的下行隧道信息。Step 1108: After receiving the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element, the second gNB-DU establishes the second gNB-DU and CU-DU according to the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element and the uplink tunnel information of the second gNB-DU. F1 uplink user plane connection between UPF network elements, so that the second gNB-DU can receive the uplink data of the terminal equipment. In addition, the second gNB-DU also sends the downlink tunnel information of the second gNB-DU to the gNB-CU-CP.
步骤1109,第二gNB-CU-CP向第一gNB-CU-CP发送切换请求响应,该切换请求响应包括指示信息,用于指示UE从连接第一gNB-DU切换至连接第二gNB-DU。Step 1109: The second gNB-CU-CP sends a handover request response to the first gNB-CU-CP. The handover request response includes indication information for instructing the UE to switch from connecting to the first gNB-DU to connecting to the second gNB-DU .
步骤1110和步骤1111,第一gNB-CU-CP向第一gNB-DU发送切换指令,该切换指令用于指示UE从连接第一gNB-DU切换至连接第二gNB-DU。In step 1110 and step 1111, the first gNB-CU-CP sends a handover instruction to the first gNB-DU, where the handover instruction is used to instruct the UE to switch from connecting to the first gNB-DU to connecting to the second gNB-DU.
例如,该切换指令为UE上下文修改请求(UE CONTEXT MODIFICATION REQUEST)消息,该UE上下文修改请求消息可以包含RRC重配置切换指令(Reconfiguration Handover Command),用于指示UE进行切换,当UE收到RRC重配置切换指令后,需要断开与第一gNB-DU的无线连接,并通过随机接入流程尝试接入第二gNB-DU。For example, the handover command is a UE context modification request (UE CONTEXT MODIFICATION REQUEST) message. The UE context modification request message may include an RRC reconfiguration handover command (Reconfiguration Handover Command) for instructing the UE to perform handover. When the UE receives an RRC reconfiguration After the handover instruction is configured, it is necessary to disconnect the wireless connection with the first gNB-DU, and try to access the second gNB-DU through the random access procedure.
步骤1112,第一gNB-DU向UE发送RRC重配置信令后,停止向UE继续发送下行数据。Step 1112: After the first gNB-DU sends RRC reconfiguration signaling to the UE, it stops sending downlink data to the UE.
可选地,第一gNB-DU还可以向CU-UPF网元发送下行数据发送状态消息,用于通知CU-UPF下行数据包的传输情况(例如告知哪些SN号的下行数据包已成功发送,主要用于同步PDCP数据包的SN号)。Optionally, the first gNB-DU may also send a downlink data transmission status message to the CU-UPF network element to notify the CU-UPF of the transmission status of the downlink data packet (for example, to inform which SN number of the downlink data packet has been successfully transmitted, Mainly used to synchronize the SN number of PDCP data packets).
步骤1113,第一gNB-DU向第一gNB-CU-CP发送切换结果,该切换结果用于指示第一gNB-DU已中断与UE的无线连接,指示第一gNB-CU-CP停止向其发送数据。Step 1113: The first gNB-DU sends a handover result to the first gNB-CU-CP. The handover result is used to indicate that the first gNB-DU has interrupted the wireless connection with the UE, and instruct the first gNB-CU-CP to stop sending to it. send data.
示例性地,该切换结果可以携带在UE上下文修改响应(UE CONTEXT MODIFICATION RESPONSE)消息中,该UE上下文修改响应消息可以包括RRC重配置完成消息。Exemplarily, the handover result may be carried in a UE context modification response (UE CONTEXT MODIFICATION RESPONSE) message, and the UE context modification response message may include an RRC reconfiguration complete message.
步骤1114,第二gNB-CU-CP向CU-UPF网元发送第二消息,例如第二消息为承载上下文修改请求(BEARER CONTEXT MODIFICATION REQUEST)消息,该消息中携带第二gNB-DU的下行隧道信息。Step 1114: The second gNB-CU-CP sends a second message to the CU-UPF network element. For example, the second message is a bearer context modification request (BEARER CONTEXT MODIFICATION REQUEST) message, which carries the downlink tunnel of the second gNB-DU information.
需要说明的是,该第二消息用于对CU-UPF网元的用户面上下文进行修改。此时CU-UPF与第二gNB-DU的F1接口上下行连接已经建立,且与第一gNB-DU已经没有用户面的数据交互。It should be noted that the second message is used to modify the user plane context of the CU-UPF network element. At this time, the uplink and downlink connection between the CU-UPF and the F1 interface of the second gNB-DU has been established, and there is no user plane data interaction with the first gNB-DU.
步骤1115,CU-UPF网元根据第二gNB-DU的下行隧道信息和自身保存的CU-UPF网元的下行隧道信息,建立第二gNB-DU和CU-UPF网元之间的F1下行用户面连接,生成第二gNB-DU和CU-UPF网元之间的F1用户面上下文信息,并将修改后的F1用户面上下文信息上报至SMF网元,该F1用户面上下文信息包括gNB-DU的下行隧道信息,以及CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息和下行隧道信息。Step 1115: The CU-UPF network element establishes an F1 downlink user between the second gNB-DU and the CU-UPF network element according to the downlink tunnel information of the second gNB-DU and the downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element stored by itself Plane connection, generate F1 user plane context information between the second gNB-DU and CU-UPF network element, and report the modified F1 user plane context information to the SMF network element. The F1 user plane context information includes gNB-DU The downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element, and the uplink tunnel information and downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element.
步骤1116,SMF网元向CU-UPF网元通过N4消息反馈承载上下文修改响应(BEARER CONTEXT MODIFICATION RESPONSE),该承载上下文修改响应包括F1用户面上下文信息修改完成。Step 1116: The SMF network element feeds back a bearer context modification response (BEARER CONTEXT MODIFICATION RESPONSE) to the CU-UPF network element through an N4 message, and the bearer context modification response includes the completion of the F1 user plane context information modification.
步骤1117,CU-UPF网元向第二gNB-CU-CP发送响应消息,例如该响应消息为端口上下文修改响应(BEARER CONTEXT MODIFICATION RESPONSE)消息,用于告知gNB-CU-CP已完成CU-UPF与第二gNB-DU的F1接口上下行连接,以及CU-UPF与第二gNB-DU的F1接口用户面上下文修改。Step 1117: The CU-UPF network element sends a response message to the second gNB-CU-CP. For example, the response message is a port context modification response (BEARER CONTEXT MODIFICATION RESPONSE) message, used to inform the gNB-CU-CP that the CU-UPF has been completed The uplink and downlink connection with the F1 interface of the second gNB-DU, and the user plane context modification of the F1 interface between the CU-UPF and the second gNB-DU.
步骤1118,UE断开与第一gNB-DU的连接,UE通过随机接入流程,建立与第二gNB-DU的连接。Step 1118: The UE disconnects from the first gNB-DU, and the UE establishes a connection with the second gNB-DU through a random access procedure.
步骤1119和步骤1120,UE通过第二gNB-DU向第二gNB-CU-CP发送RRC重配置完成(RRC Reconfiguration Complete)消息,该RRC重配置完成消息用于报告与第二gNB-DU的无线连接已经建立完成。In step 1119 and
步骤1121,第二gNB-DU在与UE建立成功无线连接后,第二gNB-DU通过向CU-UPF网元发送下行数据发送状态,该下行数据发送状态用于指示CU-UPF网元开始向第二gNB-DU发送下行数据。Step 1121: After the second gNB-DU establishes a successful wireless connection with the UE, the second gNB-DU sends a downlink data transmission status to the CU-UPF network element. The downlink data transmission status is used to instruct the CU-UPF network element to start sending The second gNB-DU sends downlink data.
该步骤1117至步骤1121可以与步骤1116并行进行,也就是说CU-UPF网元无需等待SMF的响应消息就可以执行步骤1117至步骤1121。This step 1117 to step 1121 can be performed in parallel with step 1116, that is, the CU-UPF network element can perform step 1117 to step 1121 without waiting for the SMF response message.
步骤1122,第二gNB-CU-CP指示第一gNB-CU-CP释放UE的上下文信息。Step 1122: The second gNB-CU-CP instructs the first gNB-CU-CP to release the context information of the UE.
步骤1123和步骤1124,第一gNB-CU-CP指示第一gNB-DU释放UE的上下文信息,第一gNB-DU向第一gNB-CU-CP反馈UE的上下文释放完成消息。In step 1123 and step 1124, the first gNB-CU-CP instructs the first gNB-DU to release the context information of the UE, and the first gNB-DU feeds back the context release completion message of the UE to the first gNB-CU-CP.
步骤1125,第二gNB-CU-CP向AMF网元上报更新后的UE的上下文信息,其中更新后的UE的上下文信息包括为UE服务的第二gNB-CU-CP的信息。Step 1125: The second gNB-CU-CP reports the updated context information of the UE to the AMF network element, where the updated context information of the UE includes information about the second gNB-CU-CP serving the UE.
结合图11B来说,本申请实施例中,通过由SMF网元在会话建立时通过源gNB-CU-CP向目标gNB-CU-CP下发CU-UPF的控制端口信息和验证信息,从而授权目标gNB-CU-CP在gNB-DU切换流程中,先修改CU-UPF网元与第二gNB-DU之间的下行用户面连接,最后再将修改之后的用户面上下文汇报给SMF网元进行同步,从而保证了gNB-DU的快速切换。需要说明的是,图11B中的控制连接区别于传统的E1接口,是个类似于用户面连接的临时连接,并非E1接口的设备级连接,仅与会话业务关联,不存在设备级关联,CU-UPF的升级调整等,与目标gNB-CU-CP的设置互不影响。With reference to Figure 11B, in this embodiment of the application, the SMF network element sends the control port information and verification information of the CU-UPF to the target gNB-CU-CP through the source gNB-CU-CP when the session is established, thereby authorizing In the gNB-DU handover process, the target gNB-CU-CP first modifies the downlink user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the second gNB-DU, and finally reports the modified user plane context to the SMF network element. Synchronization, thus ensuring fast handover of gNB-DU. It should be noted that the control connection in Figure 11B is different from the traditional E1 interface. It is a temporary connection similar to the user plane connection. It is not a device-level connection of the E1 interface. It is only associated with the session service. There is no device-level association. CU- UPF upgrade adjustments, etc., and the settings of the target gNB-CU-CP do not affect each other.
本申请实施例中,在UE跨RAN进行DU切换时,CU-UPF利用控制端口获取第二DU的下行隧道信息,基于第二DU的下行隧道信息和CU-UPF的下行隧道信息,完成CU-UPF和目标DU之间的F1接口下行用户面上下文的更新,避免执行F1接口的重建带来的业务延迟和信令开销。这样,在UE在切换完成后,第二DU与CU-UPF网元之间可以进行F1接口的用户面通信,使得UE在切换完成后尽快进行上下行数据传输,减少对终端业务延迟带来的影响。In the embodiment of this application, when the UE performs a DU handover across RAN, the CU-UPF uses the control port to obtain the downlink tunnel information of the second DU, and completes the CU-UPF based on the downlink tunnel information of the second DU and the downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF. The F1 interface between the UPF and the target DU is updated in the downlink user plane context to avoid service delay and signaling overhead caused by the reconstruction of the F1 interface. In this way, after the UE handover is completed, the user plane communication of the F1 interface can be carried out between the second DU and the CU-UPF network element, so that the UE can transmit uplink and downlink data as soon as possible after the handover is completed, and reduce the delay caused by the terminal service. Influence.
结合上述场景二的描述,实施例四,如图12所示,为本申请实施例提供的第四种通信方法流程示意图。参见图12,该方法包括如下步骤。Combined with the description of the foregoing scenario two, the fourth embodiment, as shown in FIG. 12, is a schematic flow diagram of the fourth communication method provided by the embodiment of this application. Referring to Figure 12, the method includes the following steps.
步骤1201,第二RAN的第二DU通过第二RAN的第二CU-CP接收来自第一RAN 的第一CU-CP的第一信息,第一信息是第一RAN的第一CU-CP从SMF网元获取的。Step 1201: The second DU of the second RAN receives the first information of the first CU-CP of the first RAN through the second CU-CP of the second RAN, and the first information is that the first CU-CP of the first RAN is from Obtained by SMF network element.
其中,所述第一信息用于授权第二DU发送的用户面数据包具有传输控制面数据的权限。第一信息可以承载于N2消息中,例如第一消息是UE上下文修改/重建请求(UE context Modification/Establishment request)消息。Wherein, the first information is used to authorize the user plane data packet sent by the second DU to have the authority to transmit control plane data. The first information may be carried in the N2 message. For example, the first message is a UE context modification/establishment request (UE context Modification/Establishment request) message.
步骤1202,在终端设备从第一DU切换至第二DU过程中,第二DU向CU-UPF网元发送携带有第二DU的下行隧道信息的用户面数据包。Step 1202: In the process of the terminal device switching from the first DU to the second DU, the second DU sends a user plane data packet carrying the downlink tunnel information of the second DU to the CU-UPF network element.
其中,第二DU的下行隧道信息可以包括IP地址和GTP隧道端点标识(tunnel endpoint identifier,TEID)中的至少一个。示例性地,第二DU的下行隧道信息可以包括第一IP地址,第一IP地址为第二DU与CU-UPF网元之间进行通信时所使用的IP地址。Wherein, the downlink tunnel information of the second DU may include at least one of an IP address and a GTP tunnel endpoint identifier (tunnel endpoint identifier, TEID). Exemplarily, the downlink tunnel information of the second DU may include a first IP address, and the first IP address is an IP address used for communication between the second DU and the CU-UPF network element.
在一种可能的实施例中,第二RAN的第二CU-CP还可以从SMF网元获取验证信息,第二RAN的第二CU-CP可以将该验证信息发送至第二DU,这样第二DU向CU-UPF网元发送的用户面数据包中还可以携带该验证信息,以便于CU-UPF网元确认第二DU是否具有请求建立所述第一F1用户面连接的权限。In a possible embodiment, the second CU-CP of the second RAN may also obtain verification information from the SMF network element, and the second CU-CP of the second RAN may send the verification information to the second DU, so that the first The user plane data packet sent by the second DU to the CU-UPF network element may also carry the verification information, so that the CU-UPF network element can confirm whether the second DU has the authority to request the establishment of the first F1 user plane connection.
步骤1203,CU-UPF网元根据第二DU侧下行隧道信息和CU-UPF网元的下行隧道信息,建立CU-UPF网元与第二DU之间的第一F1用户面连接。Step 1203: The CU-UPF network element establishes a first F1 user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the second DU according to the downlink tunnel information on the second DU side and the downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element.
其中,CU-UPF网元的下行隧道信息可以包括IP地址和GTP隧道端点标识(tunnel endpoint identifier,TEID)中的至少一个。示例性地,CU-UPF网元的下行隧道信息可以包括第二IP地址,第二IP地址为CU-UPF网元侧通过第一DU与CU-UPF网元之间进行通信时所使用的IP地址。The downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element may include at least one of an IP address and a GTP tunnel endpoint identifier (tunnel endpoint identifier, TEID). Exemplarily, the downlink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element may include a second IP address, and the second IP address is the IP used when the CU-UPF network element side communicates between the first DU and the CU-UPF network element. address.
在一种可能的实现中,上述方法还可以包括:第二DU通过第二CU-CP从CU-UPF网元获取CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息,第二DU根据该CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息和目标DU的上行隧道信息,建立第二DU和CU-UPF网元之间的上行用户面连接,以便于第二DU通过该上行用户面连接接收来自终端设备的上行数据。In a possible implementation, the foregoing method may further include: the second DU obtains the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element from the CU-UPF network element through the second CU-CP, and the second DU obtains the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element according to the CU-UPF network element. The uplink tunnel information of the target DU and the uplink tunnel information of the target DU establish an uplink user plane connection between the second DU and the CU-UPF network element, so that the second DU receives uplink data from the terminal device through the uplink user plane connection.
在一种可能的实现中,上述方法还可以包括:第二DU还可以通过用户面数据包向CU-UPF网元发送验证信息,CU-UPF网元根据该验证信息确定第二DU是否有获取上行隧道信息的权限,当CU-UPF网元确定第二DU有获取上行隧道信息的权限时,则向第二DU发送CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息,否则的话,则不发送。In a possible implementation, the above method may further include: the second DU may also send verification information to the CU-UPF network element through a user plane data packet, and the CU-UPF network element determines whether the second DU has acquired according to the verification information For the authority of the upstream tunnel information, when the CU-UPF network element determines that the second DU has the authority to obtain the upstream tunnel information, it sends the upstream tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element to the second DU; otherwise, it does not send it.
本申请实施例中,在终端设备所接入的RAN的DU发生切换时,第二CU-CP可以授权终端设备需要切换接入的第二DU的用户面数据包具有发送控制面数据的权限,从而可以利用用户面数据包向CU-UPF网元发送下行隧道信息,从而完成终端设备切换后接入的第二DU和CU-UPF网元之间的用户面上下文的更新,这样可以避免执行第二DU和CU-UPF网元之间的F1用户面上下文的重建,从而可以降低切换时延,改善因F1接口重建所造成的业务时延大和信令开销大的问题。In the embodiment of the present application, when the DU of the RAN accessed by the terminal device is switched, the second CU-CP can authorize the user plane data packet of the second DU to which the terminal device needs to switch to have the authority to send control plane data. Therefore, the user plane data packet can be used to send downlink tunnel information to the CU-UPF network element, so as to complete the update of the user plane context between the second DU accessed by the terminal device after the handover and the CU-UPF network element, which can avoid the execution of the first Second, the F1 user plane context reconstruction between the DU and the CU-UPF network element can reduce the handover delay and improve the problem of large service delay and large signaling overhead caused by the reconstruction of the F1 interface.
图13A中,本申请实施例进一步以UE从连接到第一gNB的第一gNB-DU切换至第二gNB的第二gNB-DU的为例,对上述通信方法进行举例说明。需要说明的,第一gNB为终端切换前接入的源gNB,第二gNB位终端切换后接入的目标gNB,第一gNB-DU为源gNB的分布式单元,第二gNB-DU为目标gNB的分布式单元,第一gNB-CU-CP为源gNB的控制面实体,第二gNB-CU-CP为目标gNB的控制面实体。In FIG. 13A, the embodiment of the present application further uses the UE switching from the first gNB-DU connected to the first gNB to the second gNB-DU of the second gNB as an example to illustrate the foregoing communication method. It should be noted that the first gNB is the source gNB that the terminal accesses before handover, the second gNB is the target gNB that the terminal accesses after the handover, the first gNB-DU is the distributed unit of the source gNB, and the second gNB-DU is the target In the distributed unit of the gNB, the first gNB-CU-CP is the control plane entity of the source gNB, and the second gNB-CU-CP is the control plane entity of the target gNB.
可选地,步骤1300,在PDU会话建立过程中,SMF网元通过AMF网元向gNB的 gNB-CU-CP发送验证信息,该验证信息可以包括令牌(Token),该验证信息用于CU-UPF网元确定第二gNB-DU的权限,例如,用于CU-UPF网元确定第二gNB-DU是否具有获取CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息的权限,或者说,用于CU-UPF网元确定第二gNB-DU是否具有修改CU-UPF网元的用户面上下文的权限,或者说,用于CU-UPF网元确定第二gNB-DU是否具有修改CU-UPF网元的F1接口的权限。Optionally, in step 1300, during the establishment of the PDU session, the SMF network element sends verification information to the gNB-CU-CP of the gNB through the AMF network element. The verification information may include a token, and the verification information is used for the CU. -The UPF network element determines the authority of the second gNB-DU, for example, for the CU-UPF network element to determine whether the second gNB-DU has the authority to obtain the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element, or in other words, for the CU- The UPF network element determines whether the second gNB-DU has the authority to modify the user plane context of the CU-UPF network element, in other words, it is used for the CU-UPF network element to determine whether the second gNB-DU has F1 to modify the CU-UPF network element The permissions of the interface.
步骤1301至步骤1302,UE通过第一gNB的gNB-DU向第一gNB的gNB-CU-CP发送测量报告。From step 1301 to step 1302, the UE sends a measurement report to the gNB-CU-CP of the first gNB through the gNB-DU of the first gNB.
其中,第一gNB-DU为UE切换前连接的源gNB-DU,该测量报告可以包括UE测量的周围gNB-DU的接收信号功率等信息,UE将该测量报告发送至第一gNB-CU-CP,由gNB-CU-CP确定UE是否需要切换gNB-DU。Wherein, the first gNB-DU is the source gNB-DU connected before the UE handover, the measurement report may include information such as the received signal power of surrounding gNB-DUs measured by the UE, and the UE sends the measurement report to the first gNB-CU- CP, gNB-CU-CP determines whether the UE needs to switch gNB-DU.
步骤1303,当第一gNB-CU-CP根据测量报告,确定UE需要切换gNB-DU时,第一gNB-CU-CP向第二gNB-CU-CP发送切换请求,该切换请求用于请求终端设备切换至第二gNB-CU-CP的第二gNB-DU。Step 1303: When the first gNB-CU-CP determines that the UE needs to switch gNB-DU according to the measurement report, the first gNB-CU-CP sends a switching request to the second gNB-CU-CP, and the switching request is used to request the terminal The device switches to the second gNB-DU of the second gNB-CU-CP.
步骤1304,当第二gNB-CU-CP确定UE需要切换至第二gNB-DU时,第二gNB-CU-CP向第二gNB-DU发送该CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息,另外,还向第二gNB-DU发送请求,该请求用于请求第二gNB-DU的下行隧道信息,其中,第二gNB-DU的下行隧道信息用于建立F1下行用户面连接。Step 1304: When the second gNB-CU-CP determines that the UE needs to switch to the second gNB-DU, the second gNB-CU-CP sends the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element to the second gNB-DU. In addition, A request is also sent to the second gNB-DU, where the request is used to request downlink tunnel information of the second gNB-DU, where the downlink tunnel information of the second gNB-DU is used to establish an F1 downlink user plane connection.
其中,该CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息指的是CU-UPF网元与第一gNB-DU之间的F1用户面连接中CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息,例如,CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息可以包括IP地址和GTP隧道端点标识。Wherein, the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element refers to the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element in the F1 user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the first gNB-DU, for example, the CU-UPF network The meta uplink tunnel information may include the IP address and the GTP tunnel endpoint identifier.
其中,该第二gNB-DU的下行隧道信息用于建立CU-UPF网元与第二gNB-DU之间的F1下行用户面连接,其中,第二gNB-DU的下行隧道信息可以包括IP地址和GTP隧道端点标识。Wherein, the downlink tunnel information of the second gNB-DU is used to establish an F1 downlink user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the second gNB-DU, where the downlink tunnel information of the second gNB-DU may include an IP address And GTP tunnel endpoint identification.
步骤1305,第二gNB-DU接收CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息后,根据CU-UPF网元的上行隧道信息和第二gNB-DU的上行隧道信息,建立第二gNB-DU和CU-UPF网元之间的F1上行用户面连接,以便于第二gNB-DU接收终端设备的上行数据。另外第二gNB-DU向第二gNB-CU-CP发送响应,该响应包括F1上行用户面连接建立完成。Step 1305: After receiving the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element, the second gNB-DU establishes the second gNB-DU and CU-DU according to the uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF network element and the uplink tunnel information of the second gNB-DU. F1 uplink user plane connection between UPF network elements, so that the second gNB-DU can receive the uplink data of the terminal equipment. In addition, the second gNB-DU sends a response to the second gNB-CU-CP, and the response includes the completion of the F1 uplink user plane connection establishment.
步骤1306,第二gNB-CU-CP向第一gNB-DU发送切换指令,该切换指令用于指示UE从连接第一gNB-DU切换至连接第二gNB-DU。Step 1306: The second gNB-CU-CP sends a switching instruction to the first gNB-DU, where the switching instruction is used to instruct the UE to switch from connecting to the first gNB-DU to connecting to the second gNB-DU.
例如,该切换指令为UE上下文修改请求(UE CONTEXT MODIFICATION REQUEST)消息,该UE上下文修改请求消息可以包含RRC重配置切换指令(Reconfiguration Handover Command),用于指示UE进行切换,当UE收到RRC重配置切换指令后,需要断开与第一gNB-DU的无线连接,并通过随机接入流程尝试接入第二gNB-DU。For example, the handover command is a UE context modification request (UE CONTEXT MODIFICATION REQUEST) message. The UE context modification request message may include an RRC reconfiguration handover command (Reconfiguration Handover Command) for instructing the UE to perform handover. When the UE receives an RRC reconfiguration After the handover instruction is configured, it is necessary to disconnect the wireless connection with the first gNB-DU, and try to access the second gNB-DU through the random access procedure.
步骤1307和步骤1308,第一gNB-CU-CP向第一gNB-DU发送切换指令,该切换指令用于指示UE从连接第一gNB-DU切换至连接第二gNB-DU。In step 1307 and step 1308, the first gNB-CU-CP sends a handover instruction to the first gNB-DU, where the handover instruction is used to instruct the UE to switch from connecting to the first gNB-DU to connecting to the second gNB-DU.
例如,该切换指令为UE上下文修改请求(UE CONTEXT MODIFICATION REQUEST)消息,该UE上下文修改请求消息可以包含RRC重配置切换指令(Reconfiguration Handover Command),用于指示UE进行切换,当UE收到RRC重配置切换指令后,需要断开与第一gNB-DU的无线连接,并通过随机接入流程尝试接入第二gNB-DU。For example, the handover command is a UE context modification request (UE CONTEXT MODIFICATION REQUEST) message. The UE context modification request message may include an RRC reconfiguration handover command (Reconfiguration Handover Command) for instructing the UE to perform handover. When the UE receives an RRC reconfiguration After the handover instruction is configured, it is necessary to disconnect the wireless connection with the first gNB-DU, and try to access the second gNB-DU through the random access procedure.
步骤1309,第一gNB-DU向CU-UPF网元发送下行数据发送状态(Downlink Data Delivery Status)消息,用于汇报数据传输情况并指示CU-UPF停止向其发送下行数据。Step 1309: The first gNB-DU sends a Downlink Data Delivery Status (Downlink Data Delivery Status) message to the CU-UPF network element, which is used to report the data transmission status and instruct the CU-UPF to stop sending downlink data to it.
步骤1310,第一gNB-DU向第一gNB-CU-CP发送切换结果,该切换结果用于指示第一gNB-DU已中断与UE的无线连接,指示第一gNB-CU-CP停止向其发送数据。Step 1310: The first gNB-DU sends a handover result to the first gNB-CU-CP. The handover result is used to indicate that the first gNB-DU has interrupted the wireless connection with the UE, and instruct the first gNB-CU-CP to stop sending to it. send data.
示例性地,该切换结果可以携带在UE上下文修改响应(UE CONTEXT MODIFICATION RESPONSE)消息中,该UE上下文修改响应消息可以包括RRC重配置完成消息。Exemplarily, the handover result may be carried in a UE context modification response (UE CONTEXT MODIFICATION RESPONSE) message, and the UE context modification response message may include an RRC reconfiguration complete message.
步骤1311,UE断开与第一gNB-DU的连接,UE通过随机接入流程,建立与第二gNB-DU的连接。Step 1311: The UE disconnects from the first gNB-DU, and the UE establishes a connection with the second gNB-DU through a random access procedure.
步骤1312,第二gNB-DU向CU-UPF网元发送携带有下行隧道信息的用户面数据包,例如用户面数据包,例如下行数据发送状态(Downlink Data Delivery Status)消息,该用户面数据包包含第二gNB-DU的下行隧道信息。Step 1312: The second gNB-DU sends a user plane data packet carrying downlink tunnel information, such as a user plane data packet, such as a Downlink Data Delivery Status message, to the CU-UPF network element, the user plane data packet Contains the downlink tunnel information of the second gNB-DU.
在一种可能的实施例中,该用户面数据包还可以包括验证信息,当步骤1312中包括该验证信息时,该方法实施例还可以包括如下步骤1313。In a possible embodiment, the user plane data packet may further include verification information. When the verification information is included in step 1312, the method embodiment may further include the following step 1313.
步骤1313,CU-UPF网元根据该验证信息第二gNB-CU权限进行验证。例如,CU-UPF网元根据令牌(Token)确定第二gNB-CU是否具有修改F1用户面连接的权限。若是,则CU-UPF网元则执行步骤1314,否则不执行步骤1314。Step 1313: The CU-UPF network element performs verification according to the second gNB-CU authority of the verification information. For example, the CU-UPF network element determines whether the second gNB-CU has the authority to modify the F1 user plane connection according to the token. If so, the CU-UPF network element performs step 1314; otherwise, step 1314 is not performed.
步骤1314,CU-UPF网元在验证通过后向第二gNB-CU发送UE的下行数据。Step 1314: The CU-UPF network element sends the downlink data of the UE to the second gNB-CU after the verification is passed.
步骤1315,CU-UPF网元修改第二gNB-DU和CU-UPF网元之间的F1用户面上下文信息,并将修改后的F1用户面上下文信息上报至SMF网元。Step 1315: The CU-UPF network element modifies the F1 user plane context information between the second gNB-DU and the CU-UPF network element, and reports the modified F1 user plane context information to the SMF network element.
步骤1316,SMF网元向CU-UPF网元通过N4消息反馈承载上下文修改响应(BEARER CONTEXT MODIFICATION RESPONSE),该承载上下文修改响应包括F1用户面上下文信息修改完成。Step 1316: The SMF network element feeds back a bearer context modification response (BEARER CONTEXT MODIFICATION RESPONSE) to the CU-UPF network element through an N4 message, and the bearer context modification response includes the completion of the F1 user plane context information modification.
步骤1317和步骤1318,UE通过第二gNB-DU向gNB-CU-CP发送RRC重配置完成(RRC Reconfiguration Complete)消息,该RRC重配置完成消息用于报告与第二gNB-DU的无线连接已经建立完成。In steps 1317 and 1318, the UE sends an RRC reconfiguration complete (RRC Reconfiguration Complete) message to the gNB-CU-CP through the second gNB-DU. The RRC reconfiguration complete message is used to report that the radio connection with the second gNB-DU has been completed. The establishment is complete.
步骤1319,第二gNB-CU-CP指示第一gNB-CU-CP释放UE的上下文信息。Step 1319: The second gNB-CU-CP instructs the first gNB-CU-CP to release the context information of the UE.
步骤1320和步骤1321,第一gNB-CU-CP指示第一gNB-DU释放UE的上下文信息,第一gNB-DU向第一gNB-CU-CP反馈UE的上下文释放完成消息。In step 1320 and step 1321, the first gNB-CU-CP instructs the first gNB-DU to release the context information of the UE, and the first gNB-DU feeds back the context release completion message of the UE to the first gNB-CU-CP.
步骤1322,第二gNB-CU-CP向AMF网元上报更新后的UE的上下文信息,其中更新后的UE的上下文信息包括为UE服务的第二gNB-CU-CP的信息。Step 1322: The second gNB-CU-CP reports the updated context information of the UE to the AMF network element, where the updated context information of the UE includes information about the second gNB-CU-CP serving the UE.
结合图13B来说,本申请实施例中,可以核心网网元通过对用户面数据的授权,使得第二DU向CU-UPF网元发送的用户面数据包可以携带第二DU的下行隧道信息,从而在gNB-DU切换流程中,先修改CU-UPF网元与第二gNB-DU之间的下行用户面连接,最后再将修改之后的用户面上下文汇报给SMF网元进行同步,从而保证了gNB-DU的快速切换。With reference to Figure 13B, in this embodiment of the application, the core network element can authorize user plane data so that the user plane data packet sent by the second DU to the CU-UPF network element can carry the downlink tunnel information of the second DU Therefore, in the gNB-DU handover process, first modify the downlink user plane connection between the CU-UPF network element and the second gNB-DU, and finally report the modified user plane context to the SMF network element for synchronization to ensure Fast handover of gNB-DU.
本申请实施例中,在UE所连接基站的DU发生切换时,第二DU利用用户面数据包向CU-UPF网元发送下行隧道信息,CU-UPF网元基于第二DU的下行隧道信息和CU-UPF的上行隧道信息,完成CU-UPF和目标DU之间的F1接口用户面上下文的更新,避免执行F1接口的重建带来的业务延迟和信令开销。这样,在UE在切换完成后,第二DU与CU-UPF网元之间可以进行F1接口的用户面通信,使得UE在切换完成后尽快进行上下行 数据传输,减少对终端业务延迟带来的影响。In the embodiment of this application, when the DU of the base station to which the UE is connected is switched, the second DU uses user plane data packets to send downlink tunnel information to the CU-UPF network element, and the CU-UPF network element is based on the downlink tunnel information of the second DU and The uplink tunnel information of the CU-UPF completes the update of the user plane context of the F1 interface between the CU-UPF and the target DU, and avoids the service delay and signaling overhead caused by the reconstruction of the F1 interface. In this way, after the UE handover is completed, the user plane communication of the F1 interface can be carried out between the second DU and the CU-UPF network element, so that the UE can perform uplink and downlink data transmission as soon as possible after the handover is completed, and reduce the delay caused by the terminal service Influence.
针对于上述实施例一至实施例四,需要说明的是:(1)上述实施例一和实施例四可以分别在不同场景中单独实施,或者也可以在同一场景中结合实施,又或者,不同实施例中所涉及的不同方案也可以结合实施(比如实施例一中所涉及的部分或全部方案可以与实施例三结合实施),具体不做限定。Regarding the above-mentioned
(2)本申请实施例中所描述的各个流程图的步骤编号仅为执行流程的一种示例,并不构成对步骤执行的先后顺序的限制,本申请实施例中相互之间没有时序依赖关系的步骤之间没有严格的执行顺序。(2) The step numbers of the flowcharts described in the embodiments of the present application are only an example of the execution process, and do not constitute a restriction on the order of execution of the steps. There is no timing dependency between the embodiments of the present application. There is no strict execution order between the steps.
上述主要从网络设备和终端设备之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,为了实现上述功能,网络设备或终端设备可以包括执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请的实施例能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The foregoing mainly introduces the solution provided by the embodiment of the present application from the perspective of the interaction between the network device and the terminal device. It can be understood that, in order to implement the above-mentioned functions, the network device or the terminal device may include a corresponding hardware structure and/or software module for performing each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that in combination with the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered as going beyond the scope of this application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对终端设备和网络设备进行功能单元的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能单元,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。The embodiments of the present application may divide the terminal device and the network device into functional units according to the foregoing method examples. For example, each functional unit may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
在采用集成的单元的情况下,图14示出了本申请实施例中所涉及的装置的可能的示例性框图。如图14所示,装置1400可以包括:处理单元1402和通信单元1403。处理单元1402用于对装置1400的动作进行控制管理。通信单元1403用于支持装置1400与其他设备的通信。可选地,通信单元1403也称为收发单元,可以包括接收单元和/或发送单元,分别用于执行接收和发送操作。装置1400还可以包括存储单元1401,用于存储装置1400的程序代码和/或数据。In the case of using an integrated unit, FIG. 14 shows a possible exemplary block diagram of a device involved in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 14, the
该装置1400可以为上述任一实施例中的无线接入网设备(如RAN的控制面实体或分布式单元)、或者还可以为设置在无线接入网设备中的芯片。处理单元1402可以支持装置1400执行上文中各方法示例中无线接入网设备的动作。或者,处理单元1402主要执行方法示例中的无线接入网设备的内部动作,通信单元1403可以支持装置1400与无线接入网设备之间的通信。The
该装置1400可以为上述任一实施例中的CU-UPF网元、或者还可以为设置CU-UPF网元中的芯片。处理单元1402可以支持装置1400执行上文中各方法示例中CU-UPF网元的动作。或者,处理单元1402主要执行方法示例中的CU-UPF网元的内部动作,通信单元1403可以支持装置1400与CU-UPF网元之间的通信。例如,处理单元1402可以用于执行方法示例中的CU-UPF网元的内部动作;通信单元1403可以用于执行方法示例中的CU-UPF网元的收发动作。The
应理解以上装置中单元的划分仅仅是一种逻辑功能的划分,实际实现时可以全部或部分集成到一个物理实体上,也可以物理上分开。且装置中的单元可以全部以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现;也可以全部以硬件的形式实现;还可以部分单元以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现,部分单元以硬件的形式实现。例如,各个单元可以为单独设立的处理 元件,也可以集成在装置的某一个芯片中实现,此外,也可以以程序的形式存储于存储器中,由装置的某一个处理元件调用并执行该单元的功能。此外这些单元全部或部分可以集成在一起,也可以独立实现。这里所述的处理元件又可以成为处理器,可以是一种具有信号的处理能力的集成电路。在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤或以上各个单元可以通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路实现或者以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现。It should be understood that the division of units in the above device is only a division of logical functions, and may be fully or partially integrated into one physical entity in actual implementation, or may be physically separated. In addition, the units in the device can be all implemented in the form of software called by processing elements; they can also be all implemented in the form of hardware; part of the units can also be implemented in the form of software called by the processing elements, and some of the units can be implemented in the form of hardware. For example, each unit can be a separately set up processing element, or it can be integrated in a certain chip of the device for implementation. In addition, it can also be stored in the memory in the form of a program, which is called and executed by a certain processing element of the device. Function. In addition, all or part of these units can be integrated together or implemented independently. The processing element described here can also become a processor, which can be an integrated circuit with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the above method or each of the above units may be implemented by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor element or implemented in a form of being called by software through a processing element.
在一个例子中,以上任一装置中的单元可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个特定集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC),或,一个或多个微处理器(digital singnal processor,DSP),或,一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA),或这些集成电路形式中至少两种的组合。再如,当装置中的单元可以通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现时,该处理元件可以是处理器,比如通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),或其它可以调用程序的处理器。再如,这些单元可以集成在一起,以片上系统(system-on-a-chip,SOC)的形式实现。In an example, the unit in any of the above devices may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, for example: one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASIC), or, one or Multiple microprocessors (digital singnal processors, DSPs), or, one or more field programmable gate arrays (Field Programmable Gate Arrays, FPGAs), or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuits. For another example, when the unit in the device can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler, the processing element can be a processor, such as a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), or other processors that can call programs. For another example, these units can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
以上用于接收的单元是一种该装置的接口电路,用于从其它装置接收信号。例如,当该装置以芯片的方式实现时,该接收单元是该芯片用于从其它芯片或装置接收信号的接口电路。以上用于发送的单元是一种该装置的接口电路,用于向其它装置发送信号。例如,当该装置以芯片的方式实现时,该发送单元是该芯片用于向其它芯片或装置发送信号的接口电路。The above receiving unit is an interface circuit of the device for receiving signals from other devices. For example, when the device is implemented as a chip, the receiving unit is an interface circuit used by the chip to receive signals from other chips or devices. The above unit for sending is an interface circuit of the device for sending signals to other devices. For example, when the device is implemented as a chip, the sending unit is an interface circuit used by the chip to send signals to other chips or devices.
请参考图15,其为本申请实施例提供的一种无线接入网设备的结构示意图。其可以为以上实施例中的终端设备,用于实现以上实施例中终端设备的操作。如图15所示,该无线接入网设备包括:天线1510、射频部分1520、信号处理部分1530。天线1510与射频部分1520连接。在下行方向上,射频部分1520通过天线1510接收无线接入网设备发送的信息,将无线接入网设备发送的信息发送给信号处理部分1530进行处理。在上行方向上,信号处理部分1530对终端设备的信息进行处理,并发送给射频部分1520,射频部分1520对终端设备的信息进行处理后经过天线1510发送给核心网设备。Please refer to FIG. 15, which is a schematic structural diagram of a radio access network device provided by an embodiment of the application. It may be the terminal device in the above embodiment, and is used to implement the operation of the terminal device in the above embodiment. As shown in FIG. 15, the wireless access network equipment includes: an
信号处理部分1530可以包括调制解调子系统,用于实现对数据各通信协议层的处理;还可以包括中央处理子系统,用于实现对终端设备操作系统以及应用层的处理。The
调制解调子系统可以包括一个或多个处理元件1531,例如,包括一个主控CPU和其它集成电路。此外,该调制解调子系统还可以包括存储元件1532和接口电路1533。存储元件1532用于存储数据和程序,但用于执行以上方法中终端设备所执行的方法的程序可能不存储于该存储元件1532中,而是存储于调制解调子系统之外的存储器中,使用时调制解调子系统加载使用。接口电路1533用于与其它子系统通信。The modem subsystem may include one or
该调制解调子系统可以通过芯片实现,该芯片包括至少一个处理元件和接口电路,其中处理元件用于执行以上无线接入网设备执行的任一种方法的各个步骤,接口电路用于与其它装置通信。在一种实现中,无线接入网设备实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现,例如用于无线接入网设备的装置包括处理元件和存储元件,处理元件调用存储元件存储的程序,以执行以上方法实施例中终端设备执行的方法。存储元件可以为处理元件处于同一芯片上的存储元件,即片内存储元件。The modem subsystem can be implemented by a chip. The chip includes at least one processing element and an interface circuit, where the processing element is used to execute each step of any method performed by the above wireless access network device, and the interface circuit is used to communicate with other Device communication. In one implementation, the units of the wireless access network equipment that implement each step in the above method can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler. For example, the device for the wireless access network equipment includes a processing element and a storage element, and the processing element calls the storage The program stored by the component to execute the method executed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment. The storage element may be a storage element whose processing element is on the same chip, that is, an on-chip storage element.
在另一种实现中,用于执行以上方法中无线接入网设备所执行的方法的程序可以在与处理元件处于不同芯片上的存储元件,即片外存储元件。此时,处理元件从片外存储元件调用或加载程序于片内存储元件上,以调用并执行以上方法实施例中无线接入网设备执行 的方法。In another implementation, the program used to execute the method executed by the wireless access network device in the above method may be a storage element on a different chip from the processing element, that is, an off-chip storage element. At this time, the processing element calls or loads a program from the off-chip storage element on the on-chip storage element to call and execute the method executed by the radio access network device in the above method embodiment.
在又一种实现中,无线接入网设备实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以是被配置成一个或多个处理元件,这些处理元件设置于调制解调子系统上,这里的处理元件可以为集成电路,例如:一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA,或者这些类集成电路的组合。这些集成电路可以集成在一起,构成芯片。In another implementation, the unit of the radio access network device that implements each step in the above method may be configured as one or more processing elements, and these processing elements are arranged on the modem subsystem, where the processing elements may be Integrated circuits, for example: one or more ASICs, or, one or more DSPs, or, one or more FPGAs, or a combination of these types of integrated circuits. These integrated circuits can be integrated together to form a chip.
无线接入网设备实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以集成在一起,以SOC的形式实现,该SOC芯片,用于实现以上方法。该芯片内可以集成至少一个处理元件和存储元件,由处理元件调用存储元件的存储的程序的形式实现以上无线接入网设备执行的方法;或者,该芯片内可以集成至少一个集成电路,用于实现以上无线接入网设备执行的方法;或者,可以结合以上实现方式,部分单元的功能通过处理元件调用程序的形式实现,部分单元的功能通过集成电路的形式实现。The units of the radio access network device that implement each step in the above method can be integrated together and implemented in the form of an SOC, and the SOC chip is used to implement the above method. At least one processing element and a storage element can be integrated in the chip, and the above method executed by the wireless access network device can be implemented by the processing element calling the stored program of the storage element; or, at least one integrated circuit can be integrated in the chip for The method implemented by the above wireless access network device is implemented; or, the above implementation manners can be combined. The functions of some units are implemented in the form of calling programs by processing elements, and the functions of some units are implemented in the form of integrated circuits.
可见,以上用于无线接入网设备的装置可以包括至少一个处理元件和接口电路,其中至少一个处理元件用于执行以上方法实施例所提供的任一种无线接入网设备执行的方法。处理元件可以以第一种方式:即调用存储元件存储的程序的方式执行无线接入网设备执行的部分或全部步骤;也可以以第二种方式:即通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路结合指令的方式执行终端设备执行的部分或全部步骤;当然,也可以结合第一种方式和第二种方式执行终端设备执行的部分或全部步骤。It can be seen that the above apparatus for wireless access network equipment may include at least one processing element and an interface circuit, wherein at least one processing element is used to execute any method performed by the wireless access network equipment provided in the above method embodiments. The processing element can execute part or all of the steps performed by the wireless access network device in the first way: calling the program stored in the storage element; or in the second way: through the integrated logic of the hardware in the processor element The circuit is combined with instructions to execute part or all of the steps executed by the terminal device; of course, part or all of the steps executed by the terminal device can also be executed by combining the first method and the second method.
这里的处理元件同以上描述,可以通过处理器实现,处理元件的功能可以和图14中所描述的处理单元的功能相同。示例性地,处理元件可以是通用处理器,例如CPU,还可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个微处理器DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA等,或这些集成电路形式中至少两种的组合。存储元件可以通过存储器实现,存储元件的功能可以和图14中所描述的存储单元的功能相同。存储元件可以通过存储器实现,存储元件的功能可以和图14中所描述的存储单元的功能相同。存储元件可以是一个存储器,也可以是多个存储器的统称。The processing element here is the same as that described above, and can be implemented by a processor, and the function of the processing element can be the same as the function of the processing unit described in FIG. 14. Exemplarily, the processing element may be a general-purpose processor, such as a CPU, or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, such as: one or more ASICs, or, one or more microprocessors DSP , Or, one or more FPGAs, etc., or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms. The storage element may be realized by a memory, and the function of the storage element may be the same as the function of the storage unit described in FIG. 14. The storage element may be realized by a memory, and the function of the storage element may be the same as the function of the storage unit described in FIG. 14. The storage element can be one memory or a collective term for multiple memories.
图15所示的无线接入网设备能够实现图6、图7A、图8、图9A、图10、图11A、图12、图13A所示意的方法实施例中涉及无线接入网设备的各个过程。图15所示的无线接入网设备中的各个模块的操作和/或功能,分别为了实现上述方法实施例中的相应流程。具体可参见上述方法实施例中的描述,为避免重复,此处适当省略详述描述。The wireless access network device shown in FIG. 15 can implement each of the wireless access network devices in the method embodiments illustrated in FIG. 6, FIG. 7A, FIG. 8, FIG. 9A, FIG. 10, FIG. 11A, FIG. 12, and FIG. 13A. process. The operations and/or functions of the various modules in the radio access network device shown in FIG. 15 are used to implement the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments. For details, please refer to the descriptions in the foregoing method embodiments. To avoid repetition, detailed descriptions are appropriately omitted here.
请参考图16,其为本申请实施例提供的一种CU-UPF网元的结构示意图。用于实现以上实施例中CU-UPF网元的操作。如图16所示,该CU-UPF网元包括:天线1601、射频装置1602、基带装置1603。天线1601与射频装置1602连接。在上行方向上,射频装置1602通过天线1601接收无线接入网设备发送的信息,将无线接入网设备发送的信息发送给基带装置1603进行处理。在下行方向上,基带装置1603对无线接入网设备的信息进行处理,并发送给射频装置1602,射频装置1602对无线接入网设备的信息进行处理后经过天线1601发送给无线接入网设备。Please refer to FIG. 16, which is a schematic structural diagram of a CU-UPF network element provided by an embodiment of this application. It is used to implement the operation of the CU-UPF network element in the above embodiment. As shown in FIG. 16, the CU-UPF network element includes: an
基带装置1603可以包括一个或多个处理元件16031,例如,包括一个主控CPU和其它集成电路。此外,该基带装置1603还可以包括存储元件16032和接口16033,存储元件16032用于存储程序和数据;接口16033用于与射频装置1602交互信息,该接口例如为通用公共无线接口(common public radio interface,CPRI)。以上用于CU-UPF网元的装置可 以位于基带装置1603,例如,以上用于CU-UPF网元的装置可以为基带装置1603上的芯片,该芯片包括至少一个处理元件和接口电路,其中处理元件用于执行以上CU-UPF网元执行的任一种方法的各个步骤,接口电路用于与其它装置通信。在一种实现中,CU-UPF网元实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现,例如用于CU-UPF网元的装置包括处理元件和存储元件,处理元件调用存储元件存储的程序,以执行以上方法实施例中CU-UPF网元执行的方法。存储元件可以为处理元件处于同一芯片上的存储元件,即片内存储元件,也可以为与处理元件处于不同芯片上的存储元件,即片外存储元件。The
在另一种实现中,CU-UPF网元实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以是被配置成一个或多个处理元件,这些处理元件设置于基带装置上,这里的处理元件可以为集成电路,例如:一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA,或者这些类集成电路的组合。这些集成电路可以集成在一起,构成芯片。In another implementation, the unit of the CU-UPF network element that implements each step in the above method may be configured as one or more processing elements, and these processing elements are arranged on the baseband device, where the processing elements may be integrated circuits, For example: one or more ASICs, or, one or more DSPs, or, one or more FPGAs, or a combination of these types of integrated circuits. These integrated circuits can be integrated together to form a chip.
CU-UPF网元实现以上方法中各个步骤的单元可以集成在一起,以片上系统(system-on-a-chip,SOC)的形式实现,例如,基带装置包括该SOC芯片,用于实现以上方法。该芯片内可以集成至少一个处理元件和存储元件,由处理元件调用存储元件的存储的程序的形式实现以上CU-UPF网元执行的方法;或者,该芯片内可以集成至少一个集成电路,用于实现以上CU-UPF网元执行的方法;或者,可以结合以上实现方式,部分单元的功能通过处理元件调用程序的形式实现,部分单元的功能通过集成电路的形式实现。The units of the CU-UPF network element that implement the steps in the above method can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC). For example, the baseband device includes the SOC chip to implement the above method . At least one processing element and storage element can be integrated in the chip, and the above CU-UPF network element execution method can be implemented by the processing element calling the stored program of the storage element; or, at least one integrated circuit can be integrated in the chip for The method for implementing the above CU-UPF network element is implemented; or, the above implementation manners can be combined. The functions of some units are implemented in the form of processing element calling programs, and the functions of some units are implemented in the form of integrated circuits.
可见,以上用于CU-UPF网元的装置可以包括至少一个处理元件和接口电路,其中至少一个处理元件用于执行以上方法实施例所提供的任一种CU-UPF网元执行的方法。处理元件可以以第一种方式:即调用存储元件存储的程序的方式执行CU-UPF网元执行的部分或全部步骤;也可以以第二种方式:即通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路结合指令的方式执行CU-UPF网元执行的部分或全部步骤;当然,也可以结合第一种方式和第二种方式执行以上CU-UPF网元执行的部分或全部步骤。It can be seen that the above apparatus for a CU-UPF network element may include at least one processing element and an interface circuit, wherein at least one processing element is used to execute any of the methods performed by the CU-UPF network element provided in the above method embodiments. The processing element can execute part or all of the steps executed by the CU-UPF network element in the first way: calling the program stored in the storage element; or in the second way: through the integrated logic of the hardware in the processor element The circuit combined with instructions executes some or all of the steps performed by the CU-UPF network element; of course, it is also possible to combine the first method and the second method to execute some or all of the steps performed by the CU-UPF network element.
这里的处理元件同以上描述,可以通过处理器实现,处理元件的功能可以和图14中所描述的处理单元的功能相同。示例性地,处理元件可以是通用处理器,例如CPU,还可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个微处理器DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA等,或这些集成电路形式中至少两种的组合。存储元件可以通过存储器实现,存储元件的功能可以和图14中所描述的存储单元的功能相同。存储元件可以通过存储器实现,存储元件的功能可以和图14中所描述的存储单元的功能相同。存储元件可以是一个存储器,也可以是多个存储器的统称。The processing element here is the same as that described above, and can be implemented by a processor, and the function of the processing element can be the same as the function of the processing unit described in FIG. 14. Exemplarily, the processing element may be a general-purpose processor, such as a CPU, or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, such as: one or more ASICs, or, one or more microprocessors DSP , Or, one or more FPGAs, etc., or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms. The storage element may be realized by a memory, and the function of the storage element may be the same as the function of the storage unit described in FIG. 14. The storage element may be realized by a memory, and the function of the storage element may be the same as the function of the storage unit described in FIG. 14. The storage element can be one memory or a collective term for multiple memories.
图16所示的CU-UPF网元能够实现上述方法实施例中涉及CU-UPF网元的各个过程。图16所示的CU-UPF网元中的各个模块的操作和/或功能,分别为了实现上述方法实施例中的相应流程。具体可参见上述方法实施例中的描述,为避免重复,此处适当省略详述描述。The CU-UPF network element shown in FIG. 16 can implement each process involving the CU-UPF network element in the foregoing method embodiment. The operations and/or functions of the various modules in the CU-UPF network element shown in FIG. 16 are used to implement the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments. For details, please refer to the descriptions in the foregoing method embodiments. To avoid repetition, detailed descriptions are appropriately omitted here.
本领域内的技术人员应明白,本申请的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此,本申请可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且,本申请可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器、CD-ROM、光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程 序产品的形式。Those skilled in the art should understand that the embodiments of the present application can be provided as a method, a system, or a computer program product. Therefore, this application may adopt the form of a complete hardware embodiment, a complete software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware. Moreover, this application may adopt the form of a computer program product implemented on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) containing computer-usable program codes.
本申请是参照根据本申请的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。This application is described with reference to flowcharts and/or block diagrams of methods, equipment (systems), and computer program products according to this application. It should be understood that each process and/or block in the flowchart and/or block diagram, and the combination of processes and/or blocks in the flowchart and/or block diagram can be implemented by computer program instructions. These computer program instructions can be provided to the processor of a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, an embedded processor, or other programmable data processing equipment to generate a machine, so that the instructions executed by the processor of the computer or other programmable data processing equipment are used to generate It is a device that realizes the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中,使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。These computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer-readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing equipment to work in a specific manner, so that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture including the instruction device. The device implements the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions can also be loaded on a computer or other programmable data processing equipment, so that a series of operation steps are executed on the computer or other programmable equipment to produce computer-implemented processing, so as to execute on the computer or other programmable equipment. The instructions provide steps for implementing functions specified in a flow or multiple flows in the flowchart and/or a block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the application without departing from the spirit and scope of the application. In this way, if these modifications and variations of this application fall within the scope of the claims of this application and their equivalent technologies, this application also intends to include these modifications and variations.
Claims (40)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN202010460755.5 | 2020-05-27 | ||
| CN202010460755.5A CN113747515B (en) | 2020-05-27 | 2020-05-27 | Communication method and device |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2021238383A1 true WO2021238383A1 (en) | 2021-12-02 |
Family
ID=78723744
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2021/083650 Ceased WO2021238383A1 (en) | 2020-05-27 | 2021-03-29 | Communication method and apparatus |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| CN (1) | CN113747515B (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2021238383A1 (en) |
Cited By (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20210399962A1 (en) * | 2017-05-04 | 2021-12-23 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Measurements and radio link monitoring in a wireless communications system |
Families Citing this family (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN117135625A (en) * | 2022-05-20 | 2023-11-28 | 中国电信股份有限公司 | Data transmission method and system and signaling security management gateway |
| CN119603797A (en) * | 2023-09-11 | 2025-03-11 | 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 | Information processing method, device and equipment |
Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2018029854A1 (en) * | 2016-08-12 | 2018-02-15 | 富士通株式会社 | Wireless base station, wireless device, wireless control device, wireless communication system, wireless method, and wireless terminal |
| WO2018236867A2 (en) * | 2017-06-19 | 2018-12-27 | Intel Corporation | CONTROL PANEL AND USER PLANE SEPARATION IN NEW RADIO (NR) SYSTEMS |
| CN110022223A (en) * | 2018-01-10 | 2019-07-16 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | A kind of network slice configuration method, the first network element and the second network element |
| CN110324867A (en) * | 2018-03-31 | 2019-10-11 | 华为技术有限公司 | A kind of communication means and device |
| CN110351890A (en) * | 2018-04-04 | 2019-10-18 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication means, communication equipment under centralized unit-distributed unit framework |
Family Cites Families (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN109246746A (en) * | 2017-05-05 | 2019-01-18 | 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 | Foundation, UE access and the switching method and device of ongoing interface |
| CN109803453B (en) * | 2017-11-17 | 2023-07-07 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication method, communication equipment and communication system thereof |
| CN110166273B (en) * | 2018-02-14 | 2021-06-15 | 华为技术有限公司 | A transmission method and network device |
| CN110519171B (en) * | 2018-05-21 | 2021-02-12 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method and apparatus for communication |
| US20200053815A1 (en) * | 2018-08-07 | 2020-02-13 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Tunnel Modification for Split Bearers in Multi-RAT Dual Connectivity (MR-DC) and NR-NR Dual Connectivity (NR-DC) |
-
2020
- 2020-05-27 CN CN202010460755.5A patent/CN113747515B/en active Active
-
2021
- 2021-03-29 WO PCT/CN2021/083650 patent/WO2021238383A1/en not_active Ceased
Patent Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2018029854A1 (en) * | 2016-08-12 | 2018-02-15 | 富士通株式会社 | Wireless base station, wireless device, wireless control device, wireless communication system, wireless method, and wireless terminal |
| WO2018236867A2 (en) * | 2017-06-19 | 2018-12-27 | Intel Corporation | CONTROL PANEL AND USER PLANE SEPARATION IN NEW RADIO (NR) SYSTEMS |
| CN110022223A (en) * | 2018-01-10 | 2019-07-16 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | A kind of network slice configuration method, the first network element and the second network element |
| CN110324867A (en) * | 2018-03-31 | 2019-10-11 | 华为技术有限公司 | A kind of communication means and device |
| CN110351890A (en) * | 2018-04-04 | 2019-10-18 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication means, communication equipment under centralized unit-distributed unit framework |
Non-Patent Citations (1)
| Title |
|---|
| ERICSSON: "CP-UP separation - discussion of solutions", 3GPP DRAFT; R3-172536, vol. RAN WG3, 19 June 2017 (2017-06-19), Qingdao P R China, pages 1 - 3, XP051307844 * |
Cited By (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20210399962A1 (en) * | 2017-05-04 | 2021-12-23 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Measurements and radio link monitoring in a wireless communications system |
| US11546236B2 (en) * | 2017-05-04 | 2023-01-03 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Measurements and radio link monitoring in a wireless communications system |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| CN113747515B (en) | 2023-03-21 |
| CN113747515A (en) | 2021-12-03 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| JP7020536B2 (en) | Target Radio Access Network Nodes and Methods | |
| TWI733216B (en) | Methods for handling on invalid pdu session and a user equipment thereof | |
| CN113163440B (en) | Establishment method of forward interface, UE access method, UE switching method and device | |
| WO2020030070A1 (en) | Enhanced 5gsm state mapping when interworking | |
| CN106063328B (en) | A switching device and method | |
| CN112088544A (en) | Communication and signaling interfaces are maintained through donor base station handover | |
| US20200100102A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for supporting security for cu-cp and cu-up separation in wireless communication system | |
| WO2020147761A1 (en) | Pdu session switching method and apparatus therefor | |
| WO2020103807A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus | |
| CN109315008B (en) | Multi-connection communication method and device | |
| KR20190133031A (en) | Communication method and device | |
| TWI792415B (en) | Multi-access pdu session state synchronization between ue and network | |
| CN109246746A (en) | Foundation, UE access and the switching method and device of ongoing interface | |
| US11202338B2 (en) | Session establishment method and apparatus | |
| CN112752297B (en) | Communication method and device | |
| US11246064B2 (en) | PDN connection supports interworking to 5GS | |
| CN115699875A (en) | 5G multicast broadcast service handover | |
| WO2022082690A1 (en) | Group switching method, apparatus and system | |
| WO2021238383A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus | |
| WO2021238882A1 (en) | Method and device for implementing service continuity | |
| WO2020134913A1 (en) | Method and device for configuring data radio bearer | |
| CN114503781B (en) | Communication method, device and system | |
| CN115707053A (en) | Network switching method, device and network equipment | |
| TWI775811B (en) | Communication method, auxiliary network node, and terminal | |
| WO2012126331A1 (en) | Method and system for transferring data |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 21812655 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 21812655 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |